Avyakt murli for Wednesday 16 March 2011

Sentence alignment between two languages is corrected.

016-03-11 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादा मधुबन16-03-11 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpdādā madhuban16-03-11 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.]16-03-11 Om peace avyakt BapDada Madhuban

016-03-2011 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

1 «  मन्सा द्वारा प्रकृति को सतोगुणी बनाने की सेवा करो शुभ भावना शुभकामना रख संस्कार मिलन की रास करो और अपने पुराने संस्कारों को जलाकर प्रभु के संग का रंग लगाते सच्ची होली मनाओ  » «  mansā dvārā prakr̥iti kō satōguṇī banānē kī|key sēvā karō śhubh bhāvnā śhubhkāmnā rakh saṅskār milan kī|key rās karō aur apnē purānē saṅskārō̃ kō jalākar prabhu kē|K saṅg kā raṅg lagātē sachchī hōlī|holy manāō  » «  mansā dvārā prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] satōguṇī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[root] saṅskār milan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] jalānā[abs.] prabhu kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  » «  through the mind through matter to satoguni create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pure feeling good wishes keep[root] harmonisation of sanskaras (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) raas do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and one’s own old sanskar to burn[abs.] God (of|K) company of (x[root]|colour) attach[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] true (Holi|holy) celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  »

1Do the service of making the elements pure (satoguni) by serving through your mind. 2Have good wishes and pure feelings and perform the dance of harmonising your sanskars. 3Burn your old sanskars and, by colouring yourself with the colour of God's company, celebrate the true Holi.

2आज होलीएस्ट बाप अपने बच्चों से होली मनाने आये हैं . āj holiest bāp apnē bachchō̃ sē hōlī|holy manānē āyē haĩ . āj holiest[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today holiest father one’s own child from (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

4Today, the Holiest Father has come to celebrate Holi with His children.

3आप सभी भी होली मनाने आये हैं . āp sabhī bhī hōlī|holy manānē āyē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . you all too (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

5All of you have also come to celebrate Holi.

4चारों ओर के दूर बैठे हुए बच्चे भी दूर बैठे भी होली मनाने बैठे हैं . chārō̃ ōr kē|K dūr baiṭhē huē bachchē bhī dūr baiṭhē bhī hōlī|holy manānē baiṭhē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhī[p.] dūr[adj.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] bhī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . everywhere (of|K) distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child too distant (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) too (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

6All the children everywhere, who are sitting far away, are also sitting down to celebrate Holi.

5आप सभी कौन से रंग की होली मनाने आये हैं  ! āp sabhī kaun sē raṅg kī|key hōlī|holy manānē āyē haĩ  ! āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ! you all who from (x[root]|colour) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (Holi|holy) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  !

7Which colour Holi have you come to celebrate?

6जानते हैं सबसे श्रेष्ठ रंग है परमात्म संग का रंग . jāntē haĩ sabsē śhrēṣhṭh raṅg hai paramātma saṅg kā raṅg . jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sabsē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] . know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] the most elevated (x[root]|colour) be[pres.sg.23] Supreme Soul company of (x[root]|colour) .

8You know that the most elevated colour is the colour of God's company.

7यह रंग सदा श्रेष्ठ ते श्रेष्ठ बनाने वाला है . yah raṅg sadā śhrēṣhṭh tē śhrēṣhṭh banānē vālā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this (x[root]|colour) constantly elevated from elevated create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .

9This colour makes you constantly the most elevated of all.

8जैसे बाप ऊंचे ते ऊंचा है ऐसे यह परमात्म संग ऊंचे ते ऊंचा बनाने वाला है . jaisē bāp ūñchē tē ūñchā hai aisē yah paramātma saṅg ūñchē tē ūñchā banānē vālā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like father elevated from elevated be[pres.sg.23] such this Supreme Soul company elevated from elevated create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .

10Just as the Father is the Highest on High, in the same way, God's company also makes you the highest on high.

9हर एक बच्चे के मस्तक में चमकता हुआ भाग्य का सितारा देख रहे हैं . har ēk bachchē kē|K mastak mē̃ chamaktā huā bhāgya kā sitārā dēkh rahē haĩ . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chamaknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . each one child (of|K) forehead in x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] x of star see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

11He is seeing a star of fortune sparkling on the forehead of each child.

10यह भाग्य का सितारा सारे कल्प में आप भाग्यशाली बच्चों के सिवाए और कोई प्राप्त नहीं कर सकता . yah bhāgya kā sitārā sārē kalp mē̃ āp bhāgyaśhālī bachchō̃ kē|K sivāē aur kōī prāpt nahī̃ kar saktā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sitārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] bhāgyaśhālī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sivāē aur kōī[x] prāpt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . this x of star the whole cycle in you x child (of|K) except someone else reached not do[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

12Throughout the whole cycle, this star of fortune is attained by no one except you fortunate children.

11वह श्रेष्ठ भाग्य है कि आप बच्चे ही डबल पवित्र अर्थात् होली बनते हो . vah śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya hai ki āp bachchē hī double pavitra arthāt hōlī|holy bantē hō . vah[pn.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hī[p.] double pavitr[adj.] arthāt hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . that elevated x be[pres.sg.23] that you child only double pure that is (Holi|holy) become[pres.pl.m.2] .

13The elevated fortune is that it is only you children who become double pure, that is, holy.

12वैसे धर्मात्मायें भी हैं लेकिन वह शरीर से पवित्र नहीं बनते हैं . vaisē dharmātmāyē̃ bhī haĩ lēkin vah śharīr sē pavitra nahī̃ bantē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dharm-ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pavitr[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] but that body from pure not become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

14There are also religious souls but their bodies are not pure.

13आप ब्राह्मण आत्माओं का भविष्य में आत्मा भी पवित्र बनती और शरीर भी पवित्र बनता है . āp brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kā bhaviṣhya mē̃ ātmā bhī pavitra bantī aur śharīr bhī pavitra bantā hai . āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres-part.f.] aur śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] . you Brahmin soul of future in soul too pure become[pres-part.f.] and body too pure become[pres.sg.m.23] .

15In the future, you Brahmin souls will be pure and you will have pure bodies.

14इनकी निशानी डबल पवित्र तो डबल ताज प्राप्त होता है . inkī niśhānī double pavitra tō double tāj prāpt hōtā hai . yah[pn.pl.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] double pavitr[adj.] tō double tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this[.kī] sign double pure then double crown reached be[pres.sg.m.23] .

16The sign of being double pure is that you receive a double crown.

15सारे कल्प में डबल ताजधारी आप संगमयुग में बाप के संग के रंग से डबल पवित्र बनते हो . sārē kalp mē̃ double tājdhārī āp saṅgamyug mē̃ bāp kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg sē double pavitra bantē hō . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] double tājdhārī[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] double pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2] . the whole cycle in double crowned you confluence age in father (of|K) company (of|K) (x[root]|colour) from double pure become[pres.pl.m.2] .

17In the whole cycle, only you become double crowned. 18At the confluence age, by having the colour of the Father's company, you become double pure.

16संगमयुग का परमात्म संग डबल पवित्र बना देता है . saṅgamyug kā paramātma saṅg double pavitra banā dētā hai . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] double pavitra banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . confluence age of Supreme Soul company double x .

19God's colour of the confluence age makes you double pure.

17तो आपकी होली बाप के साथ रहने से बाप को कम्बाइन्ड बनाने से डबल पवित्र बन जाते हो . tō āpkī hōlī|holy bāp kē sāth rahnē sē bāp kō combined banānē sē double pavitra ban jātē hō . tō āp[pn.pl.kī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] combined banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] double pavitr[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . then you[.kī] (Holi|holy) father with remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] from father to combined create[inf.m.pl.,o.] from double pure become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

20Because of staying with the Father and because of being combined with the Father, you become double pure on this Holi.

18सदा दिल में बाप का संग रहता है . sadā dil mē̃ bāp kā saṅg rahtā hai . sadā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] . constantly heart in father of company remain[pres.sg.m.23] .

21You constantly have the Father's company in your heart.

19यह रंग कितना श्रेष्ठ है जो इतना श्रेष्ठ बना देता है . yah raṅg kitnā śhrēṣhṭh hai jō itnā śhrēṣhṭh banā dētā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . this (x[root]|colour) so elevated be[pres.sg.23] that such elevated (become[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .

22This colour is so elevated that it makes you as elevated.

20लोग तो स्थूल रंग से होली मनाते हैं लेकिन आप बाप के संग के रंग से होली बन जाते हो . lōg tō sthūl raṅg sē hōlī|holy manātē haĩ lēkin āp bāp kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg sē hōlī|holy ban jātē hō . log[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sthūl[adj.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . people then physical (x[root]|colour) from (Holi|holy) celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you father (of|K) company (of|K) (x[root]|colour) from (Holi|holy) become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

23People celebrate Holi with physical colour, whereas you become holy with the colour of the Father's company.

21वह भी डबल होली . vah bhī double hōlī|holy . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] double hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] . that too double (Holi|holy) .

24This too is double holy.

22तो आपकी होली दुनिया से न्यारी परमात्मा की प्यारी है . tō āpkī hōlī|holy duniyā sē nyārī paramātmā kī|key pyārī hai . tō āp[pn.pl.kī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then you[.kī] (Holi|holy) world from unique Supreme Soul (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) loving be[pres.sg.23] .

25Your Holi is unique in the world and it is loved by the Father.

23तो नशा रहता है ना कि हमारी होली प्रभु संग के रंग के कारण आधाकल्प ऐसा पवित्र बनाती है जो अब तक भी आपके चित्र कायदे प्रमाण पूजे जाते हैं और कोई के भी चित्र ऐसे प्रेम पूर्वक पूजे नहीं जाते हैं . tō naśhā rahtā hai nā ki hamārī hōlī|holy prabhu saṅg kē|K raṅg kē|K kāraṇ ādhākalp aisā pavitra banātī hai jō ab tak bhī āpkē chitra kāydē pramāṇ pūjē jātē haĩ aur kōī kē|K bhī chitra aisē prēm pūrvak pūjē nahī̃ jātē haĩ . tō naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] prabhu saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pavitra banānā[pres.sg.f.23] jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.] tak bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] aur kōī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrvak pūjnā[opt.sg.23]|pūjnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|pūjā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that we[.kī] (Holi|holy) God company (of|K) (x[root]|colour) (of|K) because for half a cycle such x that now until too you[.kē] picture law (under) (x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) someone else (of|K) too picture such love according to (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|worship) not go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

26You have the intoxication that, because your Holi is coloured with the colour of God's company, it makes you pure for half a cycle in such a way that, even now, your images are worshipped with discipline. 27No one else's images are worshipped with so much love.

24आप स्वयं अपने चित्रों को देख रहे हो . āp svayã apnē chitrō̃ kō dēkh rahē hō . āp[pn.pl.] svayã apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . you x one’s own picture to see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

28You yourself can see your own images.

25और भी पूजे जाते हैं लेकिन इतना समय और ऐसे विधिपूर्वक पूजा नहीं होती . aur bhī pūjē jātē haĩ lēkin itnā samay aur aisē vidhipūrvak pūjā nahī̃ hōtī . aur bhī[p.] pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|pūjnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] lēkin itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidhipūrvak pūjā[n.f.;sg.]|pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . and too (x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) but such time and such with discipline (worship|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) not be[pres-part.f.] .

29Others are also worshipped, but they are not worshipped for this duration nor are they worshipped in this disciplined way.

26आप सदा उमंग और उत्साह में रहते हो . āp sadā umaṅg aur utsāh mē̃ rahtē hō . āp[pn.pl.] sadā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] aur utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . you constantly zeal and enthusiasm in remain[pres.pl.m.2] .

30You constantly maintain your zeal and enthusiasm.

27रहते हो ना  ! rahtē hō nā  ! rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! remain[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

31You do maintain it, do you not?

28उमंग - उत्साह में रहते हो  ? umaṅg - utsāh mē̃ rahtē hō  ? umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] - utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? zeal - enthusiasm in remain[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

32Do you stay in zeal and enthusiasm?

29हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .

33In that case, raise your hands!

30रहते हो कभी कभी या सदा  ? rahtē hō kabhī kabhī yā sadā  ? rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] yā sadā  ? remain[pres.pl.m.2] ever ever or constantly  ?

34Do you maintain it sometimes or all the time?

31जो कहते हैं हम सदा उमंग-उत्साह में रहते भी हैं और दूसरे को भी उमंग-उत्साह दिलाते हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . jō kahtē haĩ ham sadā umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ rahtē bhī haĩ aur dūsrē kō bhī umaṅg-utsāh dilātē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] sadā umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we constantly zeal and enthusiasm in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and other to too zeal and enthusiasm x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .

35Those who say that they constantly stay in zeal and enthusiasm and also give zeal and enthusiasm to others, raise your hands!

32कभी कभी नहीं सदा . kabhī kabhī nahī̃ sadā . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] sadā . ever ever not constantly .

36Not those who do this only sometimes, but all the time!

33सदा शब्द को अण्डरलाइन करते हो ना  ! sadā śhabda kō underline kartē hō nā  ! sadā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] underline karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! constantly word to underline do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

37You have underlined the word "constantly", have you not?

34लेकिन आपका यादगार जो भी आपकी स्थिति रही है उसका यादगार आपके भक्त उत्सव के रूप में मनाते हैं . lēkin āpkā yādgār jō bhī āpkī sthiti rahī hai uskā yādgār āpkē bhakta utsav kē|K rūp mē̃ manātē haĩ . lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] yādgār[x] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kī] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] yādgār[x] āp[pn.pl.kē] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] utsav[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but you[.kā] memorial that too you[.kī] stage remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.kā] memorial you[.kē] devotee x (of|K) Rup in celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

38However, whatever has been your stage, your devotees celebrate it in the form of a festival.

35आपने प्रभू के संग का रंग लगाया तो वह भी रंग लगाते हैं लेकिन बॉडीकान्सेस हैं ना तो स्थूल रंग लगा देते हैं . āpnē prabhū kē|K saṅg kā raṅg lagāyā tō vah bhī raṅg lagātē haĩ lēkin body conscious haĩ nā tō sthūl raṅg lagā dētē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.nē] prabhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin body conscious hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā tō sthūl[adj.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . you[.nē] God (of|K) company of (x[root]|colour) attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] then that too (x[root]|colour) attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but body conscious be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ then physical (x[root]|colour) attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . 36जिस रंग में खर्चा भी बहुत और फिर रिजल्ट भी कुछ अच्छी कुछ नहीं अच्छी ऐसे मनाते हैं . jis raṅg mē̃ kharchā bhī bahut aur phir result bhī kuchh achchhī kuchh nahī̃ achchhī aisē manātē haĩ . jō[pn.sg.o.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] bahut aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] result bhī[p.] kuchh achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kuchh nahī̃[neg] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that (x[root]|colour) in expenditure too very and (then|turn[root]) result too anything achcha anything not achcha such celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

39You coloured yourselves with the colour of God's company and so they also apply colour, but, because they are body conscious, they apply a physical colour, which costs a lot of money, and its result is that some things are good whereas other things are not so good; they celebrate this way.

37लेकिन आपके उत्साह का यादगार उत्सव जरूर मनाया है . lēkin āpkē utsāh kā yādgār utsav jarūr manāyā hai . lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yādgār[x] utsav[x] zarūr manānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . but you[.kē] enthusiasm of memorial x definitely celebrate[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

40They definitely celebrate the memorial of your enthusiasm.

38आप परमात्मा का बनने के लिए पहले अपने पुराने संस्कारों को जलाते हो और फिर प्रभु के संग का रंग लगने से सदा मनाते रहते हो . āp paramātmā kā bannē kē liē pahlē apnē purānē saṅskārō̃ kō jalātē hō aur phir prabhu kē|K saṅg kā raṅg lagnē sē sadā manātē rahtē hō . āp[pn.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] jalānā[pres.pl.m.2] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] prabhu kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sadā manānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . you Supreme Soul of become[inf.m.pl.,o.] for (x|firstly) one’s own old sanskar to burn[pres.pl.m.2] and (then|turn[root]) God (of|K) company of (x[root]|colour) x[inf.m.pl.,o.] from constantly celebrate[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

41In order to belong to God, you first of all burn your old sanskars and then, because of being coloured with the colour of God's company, you celebrate all the time.

39वह भी पहले जलाते हैं फिर मनाते हैं लेकिन आपका मनाना और उन्हों के मनाने में रात दिन का अन्तर है . vah bhī pahlē jalātē haĩ phir manātē haĩ lēkin āpkā manānā aur unhō̃ kē|K manānē mē̃ rāt din kā antar hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] jalānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that too (x|firstly) burn[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (then|turn[root]) celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you[.kā] celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] and that (of|K) celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] in night day of difference be[pres.sg.23] .

42They too first burn something and then celebrate, but there is the difference of day and night in the way that you celebrate and the way they celebrate.

40वह बॉडीकान्सेस आप आत्म अभिमानी . vah body conscious āp ātma abhimānī . vah[pn.sg.d.] body conscious āp[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] abhimānī[adj.] . that body conscious you soul conscious .

43They are body conscious, whereas you are soul conscious.

41वह देह भान में आप आत्मिक भान में . vah dēh bhān mē̃ āp ātmik bhān mē̃ . vah[pn.sg.d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] ātmik[adj.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . that body awareness in you soul-conscious awareness in .

44They have the awareness of the body and you are aware of the soul.

42आपको बापदादा का डायरेक्शन है होली अर्थात् बीती सो बीती . āpkō bāpdādā kā direction hai hōlī|holy arthāt bītī sō bītī . āp[pn.pl.kō] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] direction hōnā[pres.sg.23] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] arthāt bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sō|sōnā[root] bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . you[.kō] BapDada of direction be[pres.sg.23] (Holi|holy) that is (pass[past-part.f.]|past) (x|sleep[root]) (pass[past-part.f.]|past) .

45You have BapDada's direction that Holi means to let the past be the past.

43यह भी कहते हैं हो ली लेकिन अर्थ को प्रैक्टिकल में नहीं ला सकते . yah bhī kahtē haĩ hō lī lēkin arth|earth kō practical mē̃ nahī̃ lā|law saktē . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] lēkin arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lānā[root]|law saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . this too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] but (meaning|earth) to practical in not (x[root]|law) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

46They also speak of "ho li" (it has happened already) but they do not put the meaning of it into a practical form.

44आप सब हो ली अर्थात् बीती सो बीती करते हो . āp sab hō lī arthāt bītī sō bītī kartē hō . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] arthāt bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sō|sōnā[root] bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . you all be[past-part.f..root+lēnā] that is (pass[past-part.f.]|past) (x|sleep[root]) (pass[past-part.f.]|past) do[pres.pl.m.2] .

47All of you let everything be "ho li", that is, you let the past be the past.

45करते हो ना  ! kartē hō nā  ! karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

48You do this, do you not?

46कि कभी कभी करते हो  ? ki kabhī kabhī kartē hō  ? ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? that ever ever do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

49Or, do you only do it sometimes?

47क्योंकि बीती को याद करने से व्यर्थ संकल्प बहुत चलते हैं . kyōṅki bītī kō yād karnē sē vyarth saṅkalp bahut chaltē haĩ . kyōṅki bītnā[past-part.f.]|bītī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . because (pass[past-part.f.]|past) to remembrance do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from wasteful thought very continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

50When you remember the past, you have many waste thoughts.

48समय भी व्यर्थ जाता है . samay bhī vyarth jātā hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . time too wasteful go[pres.sg.m.23] .

51Your time is also wasted.

49जो बहुत समय के संस्कार हैं वह न चाहते भी जब चलते हैं तो इस संगमयुग का एक-एक मिनट जो एक जन्म में 21 जन्म की प्रालब्ध बनाता है वह एक-एक संकल्प एक-एक मिनट कितना वैल्युबुल है . jō bahut samay kē|K saṅskār haĩ vah na chāhtē bhī jab chaltē haĩ tō is saṅgamyug kā ēk-ēk minute jō ēk janm mē̃ 21 janm kī|key prālabdh banātā hai vah ēk-ēk saṅkalp ēk-ēk minute kitnā valuable hai . jō[pn.;d.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] na[neg] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] jab chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] minute jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] mē̃[postp.] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] minute kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] valuable hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that very time (of|K) sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] that not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too when continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then this confluence age of one minute that one (life|be born[root]) in 21 (life|be born[root]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) reward create[pres.sg.m.23] that one thought one minute so valuable be[pres.sg.23] .

52Since your sanskars over a long period of time continue to work, even against your conscious wish, then every minute of this confluence age, which help to create a reward for 21 births, every thought and every minute are so valuable!

50एक सेकण्ड नहीं गया लेकिन अनेक जन्म की प्रालब्ध में फर्क पड़ जाता है . ēk second nahī̃ gayā lēkin anēk janm kī|key prālabdh mē̃ phark paṛ jātā hai . ēk[adj.] second nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . one second not go[past-part.m.sg.d.] but many (life|be born[root]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) reward in difference fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

53That is not just one second that has gone by, but it creates a difference in the reward of many births.

51बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है कि संगम समय का समय और संकल्प कभी भी व्यर्थ नहीं गंवाना है . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ki saṅgam samay kā samay aur saṅkalp kabhī bhī vyarth nahī̃ ganvānā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that confluence time of time and thought ever too wasteful not lose[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

54BapDada has told you earlier too that you must not waste any time or thoughts of the period of the confluence age.

52अगर सदा प्रभु रंग में रंगे हुए हो अर्थात् बाप को सदा का साथी बनाके रहते हो तो संगमयुग के एक-एक संकल्प और समय माना एक-एक मिनट को सफल कर सकते हो . agar sadā prabhu raṅg mē̃ raṅgē huē hō arthāt bāp kō sadā kā sāthī banākē rahtē hō tō saṅgamyug kē|K ēk-ēk saṅkalp aur samay mānā ēk-ēk minute kō saphal kar saktē hō . agar sadā prabhu raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] raṅgnā[opt.sg.23]|raṅgnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] arthāt bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sadā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|mānā ēk[adj.] minute kō[postp.] saphal[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . if constantly God (x[root]|colour) in (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] that is father to constantly of companion create[abs.] remain[pres.pl.m.2] then confluence age (of|K) one thought and time (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|means) one minute to successful do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

55If you are constantly coloured with God's colour, that is, if you constantly keep the Father as your Companion, you are then able to make every thought and every moment, that is, every minute of the confluence age, worthwhile.

53तो चेक करो अपने को कि एक - एक मिनट एक-एक संकल्प सफल होता है  ? tō check karō apnē kō ki ēk - ēk minute ēk-ēk saṅkalp saphal hōtā hai  ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] - ēk[adj.] minute ēk[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] one’s own to that one - one minute one thought successful be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

56So check whether your every minute and every thought are worthwhile.

54या व्यर्थ भी जाता है  ? yā vyarth bhī jātā hai  ? yā vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? or wasteful too go[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

57Or do they go to waste?

55क्योंकि एक मिनट नहीं 21 जन्म का कनेक्शन हर मिनट और हर संकल्प का है . kyōṅki ēk minute nahī̃ 21 janm kā connection har|her minute aur har|her saṅkalp kā hai . kyōṅki ēk[adj.] minute nahī̃[neg] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] connection harnā[root]|har|her minute aur harnā[root]|har|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because one minute not 21 (life|be born[root]) of connection (x[root]|x) minute and (x[root]|x) thought of be[pres.sg.23] . 56इतनी वैल्यु है . itnī value hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] value hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such Values be[pres.sg.23] .

58Because it is not just one minute, but every minute and every thought have a connection with 21 births; they have this much value!

57तो अपनी दिल में सोचो कि इतनी वैल्यु सदा रहती है  ! tō apnī dil mē̃ sōchō ki itnī value sadā rahtī hai  ! tō apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] value sadā rahnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ! then one’s own heart in think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that such Values constantly remain[pres.sg.f.23]  !

59So, think about whether you constantly keep this much value in your heart.

58इस संगम के समय के लिए कहा हुआ है - «  अब नहीं तो कब नहीं . is saṅgam kē|K samay kē liē kahā huā hai - «  ab nahī̃ tō kab nahī̃ . yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - «  ab[adv.] nahī̃ tō[x] kab nahī̃[neg] . this confluence (of|K) time for say[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - «  now otherwise when not .

60It is said for the period of the confluence age: "If not now then never."

59 » इतनी वैल्यु सदा स्मृति में रहे .  » itnī value sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rahē .  » itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] value sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .  » such Values constantly awareness in (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

61Always have this value in your awareness.

60तो आप सभी ने आज होली मनाई अर्थात् सदा बाप के संग का रंग लगाया . tō āp sabhī nē āj hōlī|holy manāī arthāt sadā bāp kē|K saṅg kā raṅg lagāyā . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] āj hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] arthāt sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then you all ∅ today (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] that is constantly father (of|K) company of (x[root]|colour) attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

62So, all of you celebrated Holi today, that is, you coloured yourself with the colour of the Father's constant company.

61तो सारा दिन चेक किया कि बाप का रंग लगा हुआ रहा  ? tō sārā din check kiyā ki bāp kā raṅg lagā huā rahā  ? tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then the whole day check do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that father of (x[root]|colour) (x|attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.])  ?

63So, did you check throughout the whole day whether you remained coloured with the Father's colour?

62परमात्म संग में रहे या और भी कहाँ समय वा संकल्प गया  ? paramātma saṅg mē̃ rahē yā aur bhī kahā̃ samay vā saṅkalp gayā  ? paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] yā aur bhī[p.] kahā̃ samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? Supreme Soul company in (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) or and too where time or thought go[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

64Did you stay in God's company or did your time and thoughts also go somewhere else?

63चेक किया  ? check kiyā  ? check karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? check do[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

65Did you check this?

64कांध हिलाओ हाथ नहीं ऐसे करो . kāndh hilāō hāth nahī̃ aisē karō . kāndh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . shoulder make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] hand not such do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

66Nod in agreement. 67Do not wave your hands, but nod.

65बापदादा सदा ही इशारा देते हैं कि अपने मन के शुभ सतोगुणी संकल्प द्वारा प्रकृति को भी सतोगुणी बनाते रहो . bāpdādā sadā hī iśhārā dētē haĩ ki apnē man kē|K śhubh satōguṇī saṅkalp dvārā prakr̥iti kō bhī satōguṇī banātē rahō . bāpdādā sadā hī[p.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhubh[adj.] satōguṇī[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] satōguṇī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada constantly only signal give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that one’s own mind (of|K) pure and positive satoguni thought through matter to too satoguni create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

68BapDada constantly signals to you: With the pure satoguni thoughts of your mind, continue to make matter (the elements) satoguni (pure).

66तो वह मन्सा सेवा याद रहती है  ? tō vah mansā sēvā yād rahtī hai  ? tō vah[pn.sg.d.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? then that through the mind service remembrance remain[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

69Do you remember that service of the mind?

67क्योंकि अभी प्रकृति बड़े रूप में अपना कार्य करने वाली है . kyōṅki abhī prakr̥iti baṛē rūp mē̃ apnā kārya karnē vālī hai . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] prakr̥iti[x] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because now matter very Rup in (one’s own|adopt[root]) task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .

70Because the elements are now going to carry out their work in a big way.

68यह तो छोटी सी बात है लेकिन प्रकृति को मनुष्यात्मायें तंग करती हैं तो वह भी तंग करना शुरू करती है इसलिए बाप कहते हैं जैसे मायाजीत बनने का अटेन्शन रखते हो . yah tō chhōṭī see|sī|C bāt hai lēkin prakr̥iti kō manuṣhyātmāyē̃ taṅg kartī haĩ tō vah bhī taṅg karnā śhurū kartī hai isliē bāp kahtē haĩ jaisē māyājīt bannē kā attention rakhtē hō . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] manuṣhyātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] taṅg[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] taṅg[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] isliē bāp kahtē haĩ[x] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] māyājīt[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] . this then small (see|x) matter be[pres.sg.23] but matter to x x do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] then that too x do[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning do[pres.sg.f.23] therefore the Father says like x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of attention keep[pres.pl.m.2] . 69रखते हो ना  ! rakhtē hō nā  ! rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! keep[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

71This was just a small matter, but human souls have troubled the elements a lot and so they will also begin to cause trouble, and this is why the Father says: Just as you are paying attention to become conquerors of Maya - you do pay attention to this, do you not?

70माया से वायदा है आपका काम है आना और हमारा काम है विजय प्राप्त करना . māyā sē vāydā hai āpkā kām hai ānā aur hamārā kām hai vijay prāpt karnā . māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur ham[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt karnā[x] . Maya from promise be[pres.sg.23] you[.kā] (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) and we[.kā] (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] victory reach .

72You have promised Maya: It is your duty to come and our duty to attain victory over you.

71किया है ना वायदा सभी ने  ? kiyā hai nā vāydā sabhī nē  ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.]  ? do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ promise all ∅  ?

73All of you have promised this, have you not?

72किया है  ? kiyā hai  ? karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

74Have you?

73मायाजीत बनना है ना  ! māyājīt bannā hai nā  ! māyājīt[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ! x become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  !

75You want to become a conqueror of Maya, do you not?

74ऐसे ही प्रकृति जीत भी बनना है क्योंकि आपको राज्य करना है ना . aisē hī prakr̥iti jīt bhī bannā hai kyōṅki āpkō rājya karnā hai nā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] prakr̥iti[x] jītnā[root]|jīt[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kō] rājya karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . such only matter (x[root]|x) too become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because you[.kō] x ∅ .

76Similarly, you also have to become a conqueror of the elements, because you want to rule the kingdom, do you not?

75आपका राज्य आ रहा है ना  ! āpkā rājya ā rahā hai nā  ! āp[pn.pl.kā] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā  ! you[.kā] kingdom come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅  !

77Your kingdom is coming, is it not?

76नशा है ना  ! naśhā hai nā  ! naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

78Do you have this intoxication?

77लोग तो बिचारे सोचते हैं क्या होगा डरते हैं . lōg tō bichārē sōchtē haĩ kyā hōgā ḍartē haĩ . log[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ḍarnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . people then poor people think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] what be[fut.m.sg.23] have fear[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 78लेकिन आप को पता है तो अभी संगमयुग अमृतवेला चल रहा है . lēkin āp kō patā hai tō abhī saṅgamyug amr̥itvēlā chal rahā hai . lēkin āp[pn.pl.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō ab[adv.hī] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . but you to knowledge be[pres.sg.23] then now confluence age amrit vela continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . 79तो अमृतवेले के बाद क्या आता है  ? tō amr̥itvēlē kē bād kyā ātā hai  ? tō amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē bād[x] kyā ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then amrit vela after what come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

79People are wondering about what will happen and they are afraid, whereas you all know that it is now the amrit vela, the confluence age, and what comes after amrit vela?

80सवेरा . savērā . savērā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . morning .

80Morning.

81उस सवेरे में ही हमारा राज्य आना है . us savērē mē̃ hī hamārā rājya ānā hai . vah[pn.sg.o.] savērē mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] ham[pn.pl.kā] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that in the morning in only we[.kā] kingdom come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

81"Our kingdom is going to come in that morning."

82है ना नशा  ! hai nā naśhā  ! hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]  ! be[pres.sg.23] ∅ intoxication  !

82You have this intoxication, do you not?

83हमारा राज्य है कि केवल महारथियों के लिए राज्य है  ? hamārā rājya hai ki kēval mahārathiyō̃ kē liē rājya hai  ? ham[pn.pl.kā] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kēval mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? we[.kā] kingdom be[pres.sg.23] that x maharathi for kingdom be[pres.sg.23]  ?

83Is it "our kingdom" or just the kingdom for the maharathis?

84आप सबका राज्य है . āp sabkā rājya hai . āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you everyone's kingdom be[pres.sg.23] .

84It is the kingdom of all of you.

85आपको चिंता नहीं क्या होगा  ? āpkō chintā nahī̃ kyā hōgā  ? āp[pn.pl.kō] chintā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? you[.kō] worry not what be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

85You are not worried about what will happen.

86अच्छे ते अच्छा होगा . achchhē tē achchhā hōgā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . achcha from achcha be[fut.m.sg.23] .

86You know that the best of all will happen.

87तो आपके राज्य में प्रकृति भी सतोप्रधान होनी है . tō āpkē rājya mē̃ prakr̥iti bhī satōpradhān hōnī hai . tō āp[pn.pl.kē] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] satōpradhān[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then you[.kē] kingdom in matter too satopradhan be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

87In your kingdom, even matter has to be satopradhan.

88तो प्रकृति को तमोगुणी से सतोगुणी कौन बनायेगा  ? tō prakr̥iti kō tamōguṇī sē satōguṇī kaun banāyēgā  ? tō prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] tamoguṇī[adj.] sē[postp.] satōguṇī[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] banānā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? then matter to x from satoguni who create[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

88Who is going to make the impure matter pure?

89कि प्रकृति जैसी भी हो चलेगी  ? ki prakr̥iti jaisī bhī hō chalēgī  ? ki[conj.] prakr̥iti[x] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+calnā]  ? that matter like too be[fut.f.sg.23.root+calnā]  ?

89Or will it be OK for matter to be as it is?

90आपके राज्य में चलेगा  ? āpkē rājya mē̃ chalēgā  ? āp[pn.pl.kē] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? you[.kē] kingdom in continue[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

90Will it do in your kingdom?

91चलेगा  ? chalēgā  ? chalnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? continue[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

91Will it?

92हाँ करो या ना करो . hā̃ karō yā nā karō . hā̃ karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā nā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or ∅ do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

92Say "yes" or "no"!

93नहीं चलेगी  ? nahī̃ chalēgī  ? nahī̃[neg] chalnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? not continue[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

93Will it do?

94तो प्रकृति को सतोगुणी कौन बनायेगा  ? tō prakr̥iti kō satōguṇī kaun banāyēgā  ? tō prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] satōguṇī[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] banānā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? then matter to satoguni who create[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

94So, who will make matter pure?

95आप ही बनायेंगे ना  ! āp hī banāyēṅgē nā  ! āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! you only create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

95You will do this, will you not?

96इसलिए अभी अचानक का पहला दृश्य छोटा है यह शुरू हुआ है . isliē abhī achānak kā pahlā dr̥iśhya chhōṭā hai yah śhurū huā hai . isliē ab[adv.hī] achānak kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] śhurū hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . therefore now suddenly of x x small be[pres.sg.23] this x .

96That is why the first scene of "suddenly", just a small one, has just begun.

97अभी तो बड़े-बड़े आने हैं और अचानक ही आने हैं . abhī tō baṛē-baṛē ānē haĩ aur achānak hī ānē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] aur achānak hī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . now then very come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] and suddenly only come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] .

97Now, more and bigger scenes are yet to come, and they will come suddenly.

98जो सोच में नहीं होगा वही होना है . jō sōch mē̃ nahī̃ hōgā vahī hōnā hai . jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[root] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vahī hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that think[root] in not be[fut.m.sg.23] this be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

98What you never even thought of is going to happen.

99बापदादा ने तो बहुत समय से अचानक का पाठ पढ़ाया है . bāpdādā nē tō bahut samay sē achānak kā pāṭh paṛhāyā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] achānak kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ then very time from suddenly of lesson teach[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

99BapDada has been teaching you the lesson of "suddenly" for a long time.

100लेकिन अभी प्रत्यक्ष रूप में देख करके अभी अपना काम शुरू करो . lēkin abhī pratyakṣha rūp mē̃ dēkh karkē abhī apnā kām śhurū karō . lēkin ab[adv.hī] pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but now visible Rup in see[root] do[abs.] now (one’s own|adopt[root]) (lust|task) beginning do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 101घबराओ नहीं . ghabrāō nahī̃ . ghabrānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] . be afraid[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not .

100However, now, seeing this in a practical form, you have to begin your work and not be afraid.

102कहानी सुनाते हैं ना - चारों ओर आग लगी लेकिन परमात्मा के बच्चे सेफ रहे . kahānī sunātē haĩ nā - chārō̃ ōr āg lagī lēkin paramātmā kē|K bachchē safe rahē . kahānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā - chārō̃ ōr[x] āg lagnā[past-part.f.] lēkin paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] safe rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . x speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ - everywhere be set on fire but Supreme Soul (of|K) child safe (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

101You tell the story of how there was fire all around and yet God's children remained safe.

103तो अभी भी बच्चे तो सेफ हैं ना  ! tō abhī bhī bachchē tō safe haĩ nā  ! tō ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō safe hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ! then now too child then safe be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

102So, even now, the children are safe, are they not?

104पेपर तो आने ही हैं लेकिन आपका डबल काम है . paper tō ānē hī haĩ lēkin āpkā double kām hai . paper tō ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] double kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . paper then (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) only be[pres.pl.12hon3] but you[.kā] double (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] .

103Test papers will definitely come, but you have to carry out double work.

105एक तो निर्भय होके सामना करो दूसरा अपने भक्त और अपने दुःखी भाई-बहिनों की सेवा भी कौन करेगा  ? ēk tō nirbhay hōkē sāmnā karō dūsrā apnē bhakta aur apnē duḥkhī bhāī-bahinō̃ kī|key sēvā bhī kaun karēgā  ? ēk[adj.] tō nirbhay[adj.] hōnā[abs.] sāmnā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] duḥkhnā[past-part.f.]|duḥkhī[adj.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] kaun[pn.;d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? one then x be[abs.] face[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] other one’s own devotee and one’s own (hurt[past-part.f.]|unhappy) brother and sister (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service too who do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

104First, you have to face everything while being fearless. 105Second, who is going to serve your devotees and your unhappy brothers and sisters?

106आप प्रभु के संग में रंग लगे हुए हो तो जो परमात्मा के संग के रंग में प्राप्त किया है वह अपने भाई बहिनों को भक्तों को खूब प्यार से दिल से बांटो . āp prabhu kē|K saṅg mē̃ raṅg lagē huē hō tō jō paramātmā kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg mē̃ prāpt kiyā hai vah apnē bhāī bahinō̃ kō bhaktō̃ kō khūb pyār sē dil sē bāṇṭō . āp[pn.pl.] prabhu kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] tō jō[pn.;d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] prāpt karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khūb[adj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāṇṭnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . you God (of|K) company in (x[root]|colour) (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] then that Supreme Soul (of|K) company (of|K) (x[root]|colour) in reach that one’s own (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x to devotee to a lot love from heart from distribute[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

106You are coloured with the colour of God's company and, so, whatever you have attained by being coloured with the colour of God's company you have to distribute that to your brothers, sisters and devotees with a lot of love.

107दुःख के समय कौन याद आता है  ? duḥkh kē|K samay kaun yād ātā hai  ? duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? (sorrow|hurt[root]) (of|K) time who remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

107Who is remembered at a time of sorrow?

108फिर भी परमात्मा चाहे समझें चाहे नहीं समझें लेकिन मजबूरी से भी हे बाप हे परमात्मा कहेंगे जरूर . phir bhī paramātmā chāhē samajhē̃ chāhē nahī̃ samajhē̃ lēkin majbūrī sē bhī hē bāp hē paramātmā kahē̃gē jarūr . phir bhī[x] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] hē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hē paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] zarūr . nevertheless Supreme Soul (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) understand[opt.pl.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) not understand[opt.pl.12hon3] but x from too x father x Supreme Soul say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] definitely .

108Whether they consider Him to be God or not, even out of compulsion, they would definitely say, "Oh Father! 109Oh God!"

109तो आप परमात्म बच्चों को अभी दुःखियों का सहारा बनना है . tō āp paramātma bachchō̃ kō abhī duḥkhiyō̃ kā sahārā bannā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then you Supreme Soul child to now unhappy of support become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

110So, you children of God now have to become supports for those who are in sorrow.

110उन्हों को शुभ भावना शुभ कामना द्वारा बाप द्वारा प्राप्त हुई किरणों द्वारा सहारा बनो . unhō̃ kō śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā dvārā bāp dvārā prāpt huī kiraṇō̃ dvārā sahārā banō . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] dvārā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā prāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f.] kiraṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that to pure feeling good wishes through father through reached be[past-part.f.] ray through support become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

111Become their support with your good wishes, pure feelings and the rays that you have received from the Father.

111फिर भी आपका परिवार है ना  ! phir bhī āpkā parivār hai nā  ! phir bhī[x] āp[pn.pl.kā] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! nevertheless you[.kā] family be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

112After all, they are your family, are they not?

112तो परिवार में एक दो को सहयोग देते हैं ना  ! tō parivār mē̃ ēk dō kō sahyōg dētē haĩ nā  ! tō parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! then family in one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to cooperation give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

113In a family, co-operation is given to one another.

113तो नाम ही है सह योग श्रेष्ठ योग . tō nām hī hai sah yōg śhrēṣhṭh yōg . tō nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sah yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then name only be[pres.sg.23] co- yoga elevated yoga .

114The very name is "sah yoga" (co-operation), elevated yoga.

114वही साधन है सहारा देने का . vahī sādhan hai sahārā dēnē kā . vahī sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . this facilities be[pres.sg.23] support give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .

115This is the means of giving support.

115सन्देश भी भेजा था कि समय फिक्स करो . sandēśh bhī bhējā thā ki samay fix karō . sandēśh[x] bhī[p.] bhējnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . message too x[past-perf.m.sg.] that time fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

116You were given a message to fix a time for yourself.

116ऐसे नहीं हो जायेगा जैसे ट्राफिक कन्ट्रोल अमृतवेला निश्चित है तो करते हो ना . aisē nahī̃ hō jāyēgā jaisē traffic control amr̥itvēlā niśhchit hai tō kartē hō nā . aisē nahī̃[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] traffic control[x] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] niśhchit[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . it isn't that be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] like traffic control amrit vela fixed be[pres.sg.23] then do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .

117Do not think: It will happen. 118You have fixed times for traffic control and amrit vela, have you not?

117ऐसे अपने कार्य प्रमाण यह मन्सा सेवा भी अभी के समय प्रमाण अति आवश्यक है . aisē apnē kārya pramāṇ yah mansā sēvā bhī abhī kē|K samay pramāṇ ati āvaśhyak hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ yah[pn.sg.d.] mansā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ ati āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such one’s own task (under) this through the mind service too now (of|K) time (under) x x be[pres.sg.23] .

119In the same way, according to your task, now, according to the time, this service through the mind is extremely essential.

118तो समय निकालो रहमदिल बनो . tō samay nikālō merciful banō . tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] merciful bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then time x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] merciful become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

120So, make time for this. 121Be merciful!

119कल्याणकारी बनो . kalyāṇkārī banō . kalyāṇkārī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . beneficial become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

122Be benevolent!

120आपका स्वमान क्या है  ? āpkā svamān kyā hai  ? āp[pn.pl.kā] svamān[x] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? you[.kā] self-respect what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

123What is your self-respect?

121विश्व कल्याणकारी . viśhva kalyāṇkārī . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇkārī[adj.] . world beneficial .

124World benefactors.

122तो रहम आता है  ? tō rahm ātā hai  ? tō rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then mercy come[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

125So, do you feel mercy?

123कि हो जायेगा  ? ki hō jāyēgā  ? ki[conj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]  ? that be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]  ?

126Or, do you think, "It will happen"?

124इसमें अलबेले नहीं बनना क्योंकि जिन्हों को आप सकाश देंगे वही आपके भक्त बनेंगे इसलिए क्या करना है  ? ismē̃ albēlē nahī̃ bannā kyōṅki jinhō̃ kō āp sakāśh dēgē vahī āpkē bhakta banē̃gē isliē kyā karnā hai  ? yah[pn.sg.mē̃] albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki jō[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sakāśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vahī āp[pn.pl.kē] bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] isliē kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? this[.mē̃] careless not become[inf.m.sg.d.] because that to you sakaash give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] this you[.kē] devotee become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] therefore what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

127You mustn't be careless in this, because whomever you give sakaash to will become your devotees. 128So, what must you do?

125है अटेन्शन है  ? hai attention hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? be[pres.sg.23] attention be[pres.sg.23]  ?

129Do you pay this attention?

126जो समझते हैं हमारा अटेन्शन है और बढ़ेगा वह हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ hamārā attention hai aur baṛhēgā vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.kā] attention hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we[.kā] attention be[pres.sg.23] and grow[fut.m.sg.23] that raise your hands .

130Those of you who feel that you are paying attention to this and that it will increase, raise your hands!

127नीचे-ऊपर कर रहे हैं . nīchē-ūpar kar rahē haĩ . nīchē-ūpar karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . fluctuation do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

131You are putting your hands up and down.

128यहाँ देखने आ रहे हैं . yahā̃ dēkhnē ā rahē haĩ . yahā̃ dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . here see[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

132It is all visible on the TV.

129 ( टी . वी . में ) अगर इतने सभी ने अपने स्वमान को प्रैक्टिकल में लाया तो आत्मायें अभी भी संगम पर आपके दिल से गीत गायेंगे वाह परमात्म बच्चे वाह  ! ( T . we|V . mē̃ ) agar itnē sabhī nē apnē svamān kō practical mē̃ lāyā tō ātmāyē̃ abhī bhī saṅgam par āpkē dil sē gīt gāyēṅgē vāh paramātma bachchē vāh  ! ( T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] ) agar itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svamān[x] kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vāh paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh  ! ( x . (x) . in ) if such all ∅ one’s own self-respect to practical in x[past-part.m.sg.d.] then soul now too confluence (at|other) you[.kē] heart from x sing[fut.m.pl.12hon3] wah! Supreme Soul child wah!  !

133If so many of you put your self-respect into the practical form then, even now, at the confluence age, souls will sing songs of your praise: Wah God's children! 134Wah!

130हमें सहारा दिया . hamē̃ sahārā diyā . ham[pn.pl.kō] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . we[.kō] support give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

135You have given us so much support!

131आपके लिए अभी का सहारा आधाकल्प आपके गीत गाते रहेंगे . āpkē liē abhī kā sahārā ādhākalp āpkē gīt gātē rahē̃gē . āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) now of support for half a cycle you[.kē] x sing[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

136For you, it is a matter of giving support at this time and they will continue to sing your songs for half the cycle.

132आप उसके पूर्वज हो जायेंगे . āp uskē pūrvaj hō jāyēṅgē . āp[pn.pl.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] pūrvaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . you of that[.kē] ancestor be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

137You will become their ancestors.

133पूर्वज हो . pūrvaj hō . pūrvaj[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ancestor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

138You are ancestors.

134झाड़ में कहाँ बैठे हैं ब्राह्मण . jhāṛ mē̃ kahā̃ baiṭhē haĩ brāhmaṇ . jhāṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kahā̃ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] . tree in where sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] Brahmin .

139Where are Brahmins sitting in the picture of the tree?

135नीचे बैठे हैं ना  ! nīchē baiṭhē haĩ nā  ! nīchē baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! down sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

140You are sitting under it, are you not?

136तो पूर्वज हो ना  ! tō pūrvaj hō nā  ! tō pūrvaj[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! then ancestor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

141So, you are the ancestors, too, are you not?

137आवाज सुनने आता है भक्तों का  ? āvāj sunnē ātā hai bhaktō̃ kā  ? āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] bhakt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? noise listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.m.23] devotee of  ?

142Can you hear the sound of the devotees?

138थोड़ा अपने को सावधान करो दुःखियों का सहारा बनना ही है तो आवाज सुनने आयेगी . thōṛā apnē kō sāvdhān karō duḥkhiyō̃ kā sahārā bannā hī hai tō āvāj sunnē āyēgī . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sāvdhān karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] duḥkhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . short one’s own to caution[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] unhappy of support become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] then noise listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[fut.f.sg.23] .

143Caution yourself a little. 144You have to become a support for those who are in sorrow. 145When you think that you have to become a support for those who are in sorrow, you will hear their sound.

139तो सभी ने होली तो मनाई आपकी तो सारा संगम ही होली है . tō sabhī nē hōlī|holy tō manāī āpkī tō sārā saṅgam hī hōlī|holy hai . tō sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] tō manānā[past-part.f.] āp[pn.pl.kī] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then all ∅ (Holi|holy) then celebrate[past-part.f.] you[.kī] then the whole confluence only (Holi|holy) be[pres.sg.23] .

146So, did everyone celebrate Holi? 147For you, the whole confluence age is Holi.

140परमात्मा के संग के रंग में ही रहते हो . paramātmā kē|K saṅg kē|K raṅg mē̃ hī rahtē hō . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . Supreme Soul (of|K) company (of|K) (x[root]|colour) in only remain[pres.pl.m.2] .

148You remain constantly in the colour of God's company.

141यादगार मनाते हैं एक दो दिन लेकिन आप तो पूरा संगम प्रभु के संग में रहने वाले हो . yādgār manātē haĩ ēk dō din lēkin āp tō pūrā saṅgam prabhu kē|K saṅg mē̃ rahnē vālē hō . yādgār[x] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] tō pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] prabhu kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . memorial celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) day but you then full confluence God (of|K) company in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

149The memorial is celebrated for one or two days, whereas you stay in God's company for the whole confluence age.

142नशा है ना  ! naśhā hai nā  ! naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

150You have this intoxication, do you not?

143लोग बिचारे मांगते रहते हैं हे प्रभु यह कर दो वह कर दो लेकिन आपको 21 जन्म की गैरन्टी मिली है कभी दुःख का स्वप्न में भी कोई दृश्य नहीं आयेगा . lōg bichārē māṅgtē rahtē haĩ hē prabhu yah kar dō vah kar dō lēkin āpkō 21 janm kī|key guarantee milī hai kabhī duḥkh kā svapn mē̃ bhī kōī dr̥iśhya nahī̃ āyēgā . log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bichārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mā̃gnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] hē prabhu yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] vah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kō] 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key guarantee milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] kabhī[adv.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . people poor people ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] x God this do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] that do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] but you[.kō] 21 (life|be born[root]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) guarantee receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ever (sorrow|hurt[root]) of dream in too some x not come[fut.m.sg.23] .

151The poor, helpless people are constantly begging: God, do this for us! 152Do that for us! 153However, you have received a guarantee for births that you will not have any scenes of sorrow, even in your dreams.

144संकल्प में भी दुःख की लहर नहीं आयेगी . saṅkalp mē̃ bhī duḥkh kī|key lahar nahī̃ āyēgī . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . thought in too (sorrow|hurt[root]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) wave not come[fut.f.sg.23] .

154No waves of sorrow will come, even in your thoughts.

145तो सदा हर एक को अगर राज्य लेना है तो अभी अपने परिवार सतयुग का साथी और रॉयल प्रजा साधारण प्रजा सब अभी बना सकते हो . tō sadā har ēk kō agar rājya lēnā hai tō abhī apnē parivār satyug kā sāthī aur royal prajā sādhāraṇ prajā sab abhī banā saktē hō . tō sadā har ēk[x] kō[postp.] agar rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur royal prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adj.] ab[adv.hī] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then constantly each one to if kingdom take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then now one’s own family golden age of companion and royal x ordinary x all now create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

155If each one of you wants to claim the kingdom for all time, then you can create your companions of the family of the golden age, the royal subjects and the ordinary subjects at this time.

14621 जन्म की गैरन्टी है . 21 janm kī|key guarantee hai . 21 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] . 21 (life|be born[root]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) guarantee be[pres.sg.23] .

156You have a guarantee for 21 births.

147थोड़ी सी सेवा करो समय निकालो क्योंकि आपके पास संकल्प शक्ति तो है ही . thōṛī see|sī|C sēvā karō samay nikālō kyōṅki āpkē pās|pass saṅkalp śhakti tō hai hī . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . short (see|x) service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] time x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because you[.kē] (x|pass) thought Shakti then be[pres.sg.23] only .

157Do a little service and make some time, because you have the power of thought, anyway.

148सिर्फ जो बाप से मिला है वह अपने भाई-बहिनों को भी दो . sirph jō bāp sē milā hai vah apnē bhāī-bahinō̃ kō bhī dō . sirph[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāī-bahin[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] . only that father from receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that one’s own brother and sister to too (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) .

158Simply, also give what you have received from the Father to your brothers and sisters.

149बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा था तो अपना सदा यह चेक करो कि मुझे ब्राह्मण परिवार के बीच संस्कार मिलन की रास करनी है . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā thā tō apnā sadā yah check karō ki mujhē brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K bīch saṅskār milan kī|key rās karnī hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch saṅskār milan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key rās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[past-perf.m.sg.] then (one’s own|adopt[root]) constantly this check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I[.kō] Brahmin family (of|K) centre harmonisation of sanskaras (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) raas do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

159BapDada had told you earlier too: Constantly check that you are performing the dance of harmonising sanskars in the midst of the Brahmin family.

150बापदादा ने कहा था वह रास कब करेंगे उसकी डेट भी फिक्स करो . bāpdādā nē kahā thā vah rās kab karē̃gē uskī date bhī fix karō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] vah[pn.sg.d.] rās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] date bhī[p.] fix karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . BapDada ∅ say[past-perf.m.sg.] that raas when do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that[.kī] date too fix do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

160BapDada had asked you to fix a date for when you are going to perform that dance.

151फिक्स हो सकती है  ? fix hō saktī hai  ? fix hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ? fix be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ?

161Can it be fixed?

152हो सकती है  ? hō saktī hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ? be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ?

162Can it?

153पहली लाइन बताओ . pahlī line batāō . pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x line tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

163Those in the first row, speak!

154हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .

164Raise your hands!

155हो सकती है  ? hō saktī hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ? be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ?

165Can it happen?

156पाण्डव भी उठाओ . pāṇḍav bhī uṭhāō . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Pandava too uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

166Even you Pandavas have to raise your hands.

157पाण्डवों के बिना गति नहीं है . pāṇḍavō̃ kē|K binā gati nahī̃ hai . pāṇḍav[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Pandava (of|K) without speed not be[pres.sg.23] .

167There cannot be salvation without the Pandavas.

158अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

168Achcha.

159तो अभी लास्ट टर्न है एक टर्न रहा हुआ है . tō abhī last turn hai ēk turn rahā huā hai . tō ab[adv.hī] last tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] ēk[adj.] tum rahānā[root]|rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then now last you be[pres.sg.23] one you (enable to live[root]|remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

169It is now the last turn. 170One more meeting still remains.

160उसमें हर एक अपने लिए क्या दृढ़ संकल्प है वह फिक्स करके लिखना . usmē̃ har ēk apnē liē kyā dr̥iṛh saṅkalp hai vah fix karkē likhnā . vah[pn.sg.mē̃] har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē kyā dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] fix karnā[abs.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . that[.mē̃] each one one’s own (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) what determined thought be[pres.sg.23] that fix do[abs.] write[inf.m.sg.d.] . 161कितना समय लगेगा जो ब्राह्मण परिवार में कहाँ भी कभी भी संस्कार अपना कार्य नहीं करे . kitnā samay lagēgā jō brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ kahā̃ bhī kabhī bhī saṅskār apnā kārya nahī̃ karē . kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kahā̃ bhī[p.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] saṅskār[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] . so time x[fut.m.sg.23] that Brahmin family in where too ever too sanskar (one’s own|adopt[root]) task not do[opt.sg.23] .

171For that, each one of you has to fix and write down the determined thought that you are going to have for yourself. 172How long will it take for the whole Brahmin family to stop using their old sanskars?

162चाहे मेरा संस्कार चाहे दूसरे का संस्कार भी मेरे को प्रभाव नहीं डाले . chāhē mērā saṅskār chāhē dūsrē kā saṅskār bhī mērē kō prabhāv nahī̃ ḍālē . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] saṅskār[x] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ḍālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ḍālnā[opt.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) I[.kā] sanskar (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) other of sanskar too I[.kē] to x not (create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|create[opt.sg.23]) .

173"Whether it is my own sanskar or the sanskars of others, these should not influence me."

163यह डेट फिक्स हो सकती है  ? yah date fix hō saktī hai  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] date fix[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ? this fix a date be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ?

174Can this date be fixed?

164हो सकती है  ? hō saktī hai  ? hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ? be[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ?

175Can it?

165हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .

176Raise your hands!

166अच्छा सभी का फोटो निकाला  ! achchhā sabhī kā phōṭō nikālā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! achcha all of photograph x[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! 167क्योंकि जैसे यह अचानक सीन देखी ना . kyōṅki jaisē yah achānak scene dēkhī nā . kyōṅki jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.d.] achānak scene dēkhnā[past-part.f.] nā . because like this suddenly scene see[past-part.f.] ∅ . 168ऐसे सब अचानक ही होना है इसलिए बापदादा तैयारी तो देखेंगे ना  ! aisē sab achānak hī hōnā hai isliē bāpdādā taiyārī tō dēkhē̃gē nā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adj.] achānak hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] isliē bāpdādā taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! such all suddenly only be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] therefore BapDada x then see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

177Achcha. 178Take everyone's photo, because, just as you saw that scene of "suddenly", in the same way, everything is going to happen suddenly and this is why BapDada wants to see the preparations.

169जब दूसरों को शुभ भावना शुभ कामना देते हो बापदादा ने देखा यह दूसरों की सेवा का प्रोग्राम भी बनाया था तो अगर हर आत्मा के प्रति सदा शुभ भावना और शुभ कामना रखो नम्बरवार तो होना ही है . jab dūsrō̃ kō śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā dētē hō bāpdādā nē dēkhā yah dūsrō̃ kī|key sēvā kā programme bhī banāyā thā tō agar har|her ātmā kē prati sadā śhubh bhāvnā aur śhubh kāmnā rakhō number-vār tō hōnā hī hai . jab dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme bhī[p.] banānā[past-perf.m.sg.] tō agar harnā[root]|har|her ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] sadā śhubh bhāvnā[x] aur śhubh kāmnā[x] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] number-wār tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . when other to pure feeling good wishes give[pres.pl.m.2] BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] this other (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) service of programme too create[past-perf.m.sg.] then if (x[root]|x) soul for constantly pure feeling and good wishes keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] numberwise then be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

179You give good wishes and have pure feelings for others - BapDada saw that you made a programme to serve others. 180So, if you have good wishes and pure feelings constantly for every soul...... it has to be numberwise, anyway.

170आपकी माला यादगार एक नम्बर सब हैं क्या  ? āpkī mālā yādgār ēk number sab haĩ kyā  ? āp[pn.pl.kī] mālā[n.f.;sg.] yādgār[x] ēk[adj.] number sab[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyā  ? you[.kī] garland memorial one number all be[pres.pl.12hon3] what  ?

181In the memorial of your rosary, is everyone number one?

171नम्बरवार हैं लेकिन माला में तो पिरोये हैं ना  ! number-vār haĩ lēkin mālā mē̃ tō pirōyē haĩ nā  ! number-wār hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tō pirōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! numberwise be[pres.pl.12hon3] but garland in then be threaded[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

182They are numberwise and yet they are threaded in the rosary, are they not?

172नम्बर क्यों मिला  ? number kyō̃ milā  ? number kyō̃ milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? number why (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.])  ?

183Why did they get a number?

173भिन्न-भिन्न संस्कार हैं लेकिन हमको संस्कार देखने के बजाए शुभ भावना शुभ कामना रखनी है . bhinn-bhinn saṅskār haĩ lēkin hamkō saṅskār dēkhnē kē bajāē śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā rakhnī hai . bhinn[adj.] saṅskār[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ham[pn.pl.kō] saṅskār[x] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bajāē[x] śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . different sanskar be[pres.pl.12hon3] but we[.kō] sanskar see[inf.m.pl.,o.] instead of pure feeling good wishes keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

184They have different sanskars but, instead of seeing their sanskars, you have to have good wishes and pure feelings.

174आखिर भी ब्राह्मण परिवार है ना . ākhir bhī brāhmaṇ parivār hai nā . ākhir bhī[p.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . at last too Brahmin family be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

185Ultimately, they are also part of the Brahmin family.

175कैसा भी है परिवार तो मेरा है ना  ! kaisā bhī hai parivār tō mērā hai nā  ! kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! how too be[pres.sg.23] family then I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

186"It does not matter what they are like, they are my family, are they not?"

176जैसे मेरा बाबा कहते हो वैसे मेरा परिवार भी है . jaisē mērā bābā kahtē hō vaisē mērā parivār bhī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like I[.kā] Baba say[pres.pl.m.2] x I[.kā] family too be[pres.sg.23] .

187Just as you say "Mera Baba" (My Baba), in the same way, it is also my family.

177तो अच्छा है मैजारिटी ने हाथ उठाया है . tō achchhā hai majority nē hāth uṭhāyā hai . tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] majority nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then achcha be[pres.sg.23] majority ∅ raise your hands .

188It is good that the majority of you have raised your hands.

178तो सभी का उमंग-उत्साह है तब तो हाथ उठाया है ना  ! tō sabhī kā umaṅg-utsāh hai tab tō hāth uṭhāyā hai nā  ! tō sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tab tō hāth uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā  ! then all of zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] for only then then raise your hands ∅  !

189So, all of you have this zeal and enthusiasm and that is why you raised your hands.

179तो एक दो को सहयोगी बन शुभ भावना शुभ कामना की दृष्टि वृत्ति स्मृति रखने से यह रास होना कोई बड़ी बात नहीं . tō ēk dō kō sahyōgī ban śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi vr̥itti smr̥iti rakhnē sē yah rās hōnā kōī baṛī bāt nahī̃ . tō ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] rās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . then one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to co-operative (become[root]|x) pure feeling good wishes (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) drishti attitude awareness keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] from this raas be[inf.m.sg.d.] some very matter not .

190So, be co-operative with one another and, by having a vision, attitude and awareness of good wishes and pure feelings, it will not be a big thing to perform this dance.

180इस पर जो बहुत अच्छा नम्बर लेगा डेट पर प्रैक्टिकल करके दिखायेगा उनको न्यारा और प्यारा इनाम मिलेगा . is par jō bahut achchhā number lēgā date par practical karkē dikhāyēgā unkō nyārā aur pyārā inām milēgā . yah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] number lēnā[fut.m.sg.23] date par[postp.]|par[adj.] practical karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.pl.kō] nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] inām[x] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this (at|other) that very achcha number take[fut.m.sg.23] date (at|other) practical do[abs.] x[fut.m.sg.23] that[.kō] unique and loving prize receive[fut.m.sg.23] .

191Whoever claims a good number in this and carries this out practically by the date will receive a unique and lovely prize.

181इनाम अभी नहीं बतायेंगे . inām abhī nahī̃ batāyēṅgē . inām[x] ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . prize now not tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 182लेकिन बापदादा इनाम देंगे . lēkin bāpdādā inām dēgē . lēkin bāpdādā inām[x] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . but BapDada prize give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

192Baba will not tell you what the prize is now, but He will give a prize.

183क्यों  ? kyō̃  ? kyō̃  ? why  ?

193Why?

184सेवा करने का टाइम निकालना है ना . sēvā karnē kā time nikālnā hai nā . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time nikālnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .

194You have to make time to do service, do you not?

185तो यह संस्कार की खिटखिट समय अपने तरफ खींच लेती है इसलिए समय की अभी आवश्यकता है . tō yah saṅskār kī|key khiṭkhiṭ samay apnē taraph khīñch lētī hai isliē samay kī|key abhī āvaśhyaktā hai . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key khiṭ-khiṭ samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] isliē samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key ab[adv.hī] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this sanskar (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) complication time one’s own direction pull[pres.sg.f.23.root+lēnā] therefore time (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) now need be[pres.sg.23] .

195The complication of sanskars takes away your time and this is why there is a need for your time.

186ठीक है ना  ! ṭhīk hai nā  ! ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

196Is this OK?

187यह सभी मधुबन वाले हैं ना  ! yah sabhī madhuban vālē haĩ nā  ! yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ! this all Madhuban those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

197All of these are residents of Madhuban, are they not?

188पसन्द है ना  ! pasand hai nā  ! pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! love be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

198Do you like it?

189क्योंकि मधुबन वासी विशेष हैं . kyōṅki madhuban vāsī viśhēṣh haĩ . kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāsī[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because Madhuban resident special be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

199Because those from Madhuban are special.

190बापदादा का भी मधुबन निवासियों प्रति दिल का प्यार है . bāpdādā kā bhī madhuban nivāsiyō̃ prati dil kā pyār hai . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] prati dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada of too Madhuban resident for heart of love be[pres.sg.23] . 191और मधुबन वालों का भी है . aur madhuban vālō̃ kā bhī hai . aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and Madhuban those who of too be[pres.sg.23] .

200BapDada also has a lot of love in His heart for the residents of Madhuban, and those from Madhuban also have love for Baba.

192यह भी बाबा कहते बाप से प्यार है और रहेगा . yah bhī bābā kahtē bāp sē pyār hai aur rahēgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bābā kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] . this too Baba say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] father from love be[pres.sg.23] and remain[fut.m.sg.23] . 193मिट नहीं सकता है . miṭ nahī̃ saktā hai . miṭnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.sg.m.23] . be rubbed off[root] not can[pres.sg.m.23] .

201Baba even says: You have love for the Father and it will always be there; it cannot be erased.

194अमर है इसमें . amar hai ismē̃ . amar[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] . immortal be[pres.sg.23] this[.mē̃] .

202You are immortal in this.

195तब तो मधुबन वासी बने हैं ना  ! tab tō madhuban vāsī banē haĩ nā  ! tab tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāsī[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! for only then then Madhuban resident become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

203This is why you have become residents of Madhuban.

196कहाँ भी मधुबन वासी जाते हैं तो किस रिगार्ड से देखते हैं  ? kahā̃ bhī madhuban vāsī jātē haĩ tō kis regard sē dēkhtē haĩ  ? kahā̃ bhī[p.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vāsī[adj.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] regard sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? where too Madhuban resident go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then (what|who) regard from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

204Wherever people from Madhuban go, with what vision do people see them?

197मधुबन का है मधुबन का है . madhuban kā hai madhuban kā hai . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Madhuban of be[pres.sg.23] Madhuban of be[pres.sg.23] .

205That they are from Madhuban; they are from Madhuban!

198इसलिए यह अटेन्शन रखना लास्ट टर्न के पहले सभी मधुबन में कोई स्थान मुकरर करना जहाँ अपनी चिटकी डालें . isliē yah attention rakhnā last turn kē|K pahlē sabhī madhuban mē̃ kōī sthān mukarar karnā jahā̃ apnī chiṭkī ḍālē̃ . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] attention rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] last tum kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukarar karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] jahā̃ apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] chiṭkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ḍālnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . therefore this attention keep[inf.m.sg.d.] last you (of|K) (x|firstly) all Madhuban in some place x do[inf.m.sg.d.] where there one’s own little note create[opt.pl.12hon3] .

206Therefore, pay attention to this and, before the last turn, fix a place in Madhuban where everyone can put their notes.

199लेकिन लास्ट टर्न के पहले . lēkin last turn kē|K pahlē . lēkin last tum kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] . but last you (of|K) (x|firstly) .

207However, this has to be before the last turn.

200सभी ने होली मनाई  ? sabhī nē hōlī|holy manāī  ? sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.]  ? all ∅ (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.]  ?

208Did everyone celebrate Holi?

201आपकी तो रोज होली है . āpkī tō rōj hōlī|holy hai . āp[pn.pl.kī] tō rōz hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kī] then day (Holi|holy) be[pres.sg.23] .

209You have Holi every day.

202अभी भी यह तो बाहर का थोड़ा मनाना होता है . abhī bhī yah tō bāhar kā thōṛā manānā hōtā hai . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāhar kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] manānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] . now too this then outside of short celebrate[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] .

210Even now, this is just something you have to celebrate externally.

203कहाँ मनाने जायें . kahā̃ manānē jāyē̃ . kahā̃ manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . where celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[opt.pl.12hon3] .

211Where will you go to celebrate it?

204यहीं तो मनायेंगे . yahī̃ tō manāyēṅgē . yahī̃ tō manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x then celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

212You will celebrate it here, will you not?

205लेकिन वो हुई रीति रसम . lēkin vō huī rīti rasam . lēkin vah[pn.;d.] hōnā[past-part.f.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] rasm[n.f.;sg.] . but that be[past-part.f.] way systems .

213However, that is according to the custom and system.

206तो सभी चारों ओर के बापदादा के अति स्नेही अति प्यारे लाडले सिकीलधे स्वमानधारी हर बच्चे को बापदादा पदमगुणा यादप्यार भी दे रहे हैं और दिल का दुलार भी दे रहे हैं . tō sabhī chārō̃ ōr kē|K bāpdādā kē|K ati snēhī ati pyārē lāḍlē sikīladhē svamāndhārī har|her bachchē kō bāpdādā padamguṇā yādpyār bhī dē rahē haĩ aur dil kā dulār bhī dē rahē haĩ . tō sab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ati snēhī[adj.] ati pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sikīladhē[x] svamāndhārī[adj.] harnā[root]|har|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then all everywhere (of|K) BapDada (of|K) x loving x loving x beloved, long-lost and now-found those with self-respect (x[root]|x) child to BapDada multimillion-fold love, remembrance too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and heart of love and affection too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

214All BapDada's deeply loving, beloved children everywhere, the long-lost and now-found ones, who maintain their self-respect, BapDada is giving multimillionfold love and remembrance to every child, as well as love and affection from His heart.

207बापदादा देख रहे हैं चारों ओर सब सुनके देख के हर्षित हो रहे हैं . bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ chārō̃ ōr sab sunkē dēkh kē|K harṣhit hō rahē haĩ . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] chārō̃ ōr[x] sab[adj.] sunnā[abs.] dēkhnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] everywhere all listen[abs.] see[root] (of|K) cheerful be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

215BapDada is seeing that those who are seeing and listening to Baba everywhere are happy.

208अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

216Achcha.

209आज पहली बारी कौन आये हैं  ? āj pahlī bārī kaun āyē haĩ  ? āj pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? today x x who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

217Who has come for the first time today?

210उठो . uṭhō . uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

218Stand up!

211यह सभी पहली बारी आये हैं . yah sabhī pahlī bārī āyē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . this all x x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

219All of these have come for the first time.

212अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

220Achcha.

213पहले बारी मधुबन निवासी बनने का भाग्य प्राप्त हुआ है . pahlē bārī madhuban nivāsī bannē kā bhāgya prāpt huā hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (x|firstly) x Madhuban resident become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of x reached be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

221You have received the fortune of becoming residents of Madhuban for the first time.

214सभी आपके भाई-बहिनें और बापदादा भी आप सभी को पहले बारी आने की मुबारक दे रहे हैं . sabhī āpkē bhāī-bahinē̃ aur bāpdādā bhī āp sabhī kō pahlē bārī ānē kī|key mubārak dē rahē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kē] bhāī-bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur bāpdādā bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . all you[.kē] brother and sister and BapDada too you all to (x|firstly) x (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

222All your brothers and sisters and BapDada are all congratulating you for coming here for the first time.

215अभी बापदादा देखेंगे क्योंकि चांस है कि थोड़ी देरी से आये हैं लेकिन जो चाहे वह अभी भी लास्ट सो फास्ट जाकरके फर्स्ट नम्बर लेकर फर्स्ट डिवीजन में आ सकते हो . abhī bāpdādā dēkhē̃gē kyōṅki chance hai ki thōṛī dērī sē āyē haĩ lēkin jō chāhē vah abhī bhī last sō fast jākarkē first number lēkar first division mē̃ ā saktē hō . ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] last sō|sōnā[root] fast jānā[abs.] first[adj.] number lēnā[abs.] first division[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . now BapDada see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] because chance be[pres.sg.23] that short x from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but that (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) that now too last (x|sleep[root]) fast go[abs.] first number take[abs.] x in come[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

223Now, BapDada will see that even now you still have a chance, because although you have come a little late, if you want to, even though you have come last, you can go fast and claim the first number and come in the first division.

216यह बापदादा का जो भी आज आये हैं उन सभी बच्चों को वरदान है . yah bāpdādā kā jō bhī āj āyē haĩ un sabhī bachchō̃ kō vardān hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āj ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this BapDada of that too today come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that all child to blessing be[pres.sg.23] .

224This is BapDada's blessing for all those children who have come today.

217सिर्फ जो बाप के महावाक्य हैं उस श्रीमत पर चलते रहेंगे तो श्रीमत आपको श्रेष्ठ डिवीजन में ला सकती है लायेगी . sirph jō bāp kē|K mahāvākya haĩ us śhrīmat par chaltē rahē̃gē tō śhrīmat āpkō śhrēṣhṭh division mē̃ lā saktī hai lāyēgī . sirph[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mahāvākya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.o.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] division mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] lānā[fut.f.sg.23] . only that father (of|K) elevated version be[pres.pl.12hon3] that shrimat (at|other) continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then shrimat you[.kō] elevated x in x[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] x[fut.f.sg.23] .

225If you simply continue to follow the shrimat as per the Father's elevated versions, then shrimat can and will take you into the elevated division.

218इतने सारे परिवार द्वारा आप सभी को वरदान तो बाप का होता है लेकिन शुभ भावना शुभ कामना है कि आप जितना आगे बढ़ने चाहो उतना बढ़ सकते हो . itnē sārē parivār dvārā āp sabhī kō vardān tō bāp kā hōtā hai lēkin śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā hai ki āp jitnā āgē baṛhnē chāhō utnā baṛh saktē hō . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . such the whole family through you all to blessing then father of be[pres.sg.m.23] but pure feeling good wishes be[pres.sg.23] that you the more previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x grow[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

226You have received the Father's blessing in such a huge family, and there are the good wishes and pure feelings that you can move forward as much as you want.

219सभी आपको दिल से दुआयें देंगे . sabhī āpkō dil sē duāyē̃ dēgē . sab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.kō] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . all you[.kō] heart from blessing give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

227They will all give you blessings from their hearts.

220जहाँ भी आते हो वहाँ आपको दुआयें मिलती रहेंगी और वह दुआयें आपको तीव्र पुरूषार्थी बनाके आगे बढ़ायेंगी यह निश्चय रखो . jahā̃ bhī ātē hō vahā̃ āpkō duāyē̃ miltī rahē̃gī aur vah duāyē̃ āpkō tīvr purūṣhārthī banākē āgē baṛhāyēṅgī yah niśhchay rakhō . jahā̃ bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] vahā̃ āp[pn.pl.kō] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] aur vah[pn.sg.d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] tīvr[adj.] purūṣhārthī[x] banānā[abs.] āgē baṛhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . where there too come[pres.pl.m.2] there you[.kō] blessing receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] and that blessing you[.kō] intense effort-maker create[abs.] previously increase[fut.f.pl.12hon3] this faith keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

228Wherever you go, you will continue to receive blessings, and these blessings will make you intense effort-makers and make you go ahead; have this faith!

221अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

229Achcha.

222सेवा का टर्न पंजाब जोन का है  : ( पंजाब हिमाचल हरियाणा जम्मू कश्मीर उतराचंल )  : पंजाब तो है ही शेरे पंजाब . sēvā kā turn pañjāb zone kā hai  : ( pañjāb himācal hariyāṇā jammū kaśhmīr utarācãl )  : pañjāb tō hai hī śhērē pañjāb . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  : ( pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] x hariyāṇā x kaśhmīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] x )  : pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] . service of you Punjab zone of be[pres.sg.23]  : ( Punjab x x x Kashmir x )  : Punjab then be[pres.sg.23] only lion Punjab .

230It is the turn of Punjab zone to serve (Punjab, Himachal, Hariyana, Jammu Kashmir and Utaranchal). 231Punjab is the lioness.

223तो पंजाब तो शेर अर्थात् वारिस निकालने वाले . tō pañjāb tō śhēr arthāt vāris nikālnē vālē . tō pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō śhēr[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . then Punjab then lion that is heir x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

232So Punjab will make the lions, that is the heirs, emerge.

224हर एक सेन्टर अपने वारिस क्वालिटी की लिस्ट भेजना . har ēk centre apnē vāris quality kī|key list bhējnā . har ēk[x] centre apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key list bhējnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . each one centre one’s own heir x (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) list x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

233Every centre has to send a list of their heir- quality souls.

225शुरू से लेके अभी तक हर एक सेन्टर से कितने वारिस क्वालिटी निकले  ? śhurū sē lēkē abhī tak har ēk centre sē kitnē vāris quality nikalē  ? śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[abs.] ab[adv.hī] tak har ēk[x] centre sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? beginning from take[abs.] now until each one centre from so heir x (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.])  ?

234From the beginning until now, how many heir- quality souls have emerged from every centre?

226और वारिस क्वालिटी तो कहाँ भी छिप नहीं सकती है . aur vāris quality tō kahā̃ bhī chhip nahī̃ saktī hai . aur vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality tō kahā̃ bhī[p.] chhipnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.sg.f.23] . and heir x then where too secretly[root] not can[pres.sg.f.23] .

235Heir- quality souls can never remain hidden anywhere.

227वैसे तो बापदादा आज वह भी देखने चाहते हैं कि बुलन्द स्वरूप के माइक कितने हैं  ? vaisē tō bāpdādā āj vah bhī dēkhnē chāhtē haĩ ki buland svarūp kē|K mike kitnē haĩ  ? vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō bāpdādā āj vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] buland[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mike kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? x then BapDada today that too see[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x form (of|K) mike so be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

236In fact, even today, BapDada wants to see how many loud "mikes" there are.

228जिसका आवाज दिल का सुनके औरों की दिल भी दिलाराम के तरफ आकर्षित हो लेकिन बापदादा ने सुना है कि वर्ग बहुत मिलने हैं वह वर्गो से पूछेंगे . jiskā āvāj dil kā sunkē aurō̃ kī|key dil bhī dilārām kē|K taraph ākarṣhit hō lēkin bāpdādā nē sunā hai ki varg bahut milnē haĩ vah vargō sē pūchhē̃gē . jō[pn.sg.kā] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunnā[abs.] aurō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dilārām kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] ākarṣhit[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut milnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] vah[pn.sg.d.] varg[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that[.kā] noise heart of listen[abs.] others (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) heart too x (of|K) direction attracted (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but BapDada ∅ listen[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that profession very receive[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] that profession from ask[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

237Hearing the sound of their hearts, the hearts of others also become attracted to the Comforter of Hearts. 238However, BapDada has heard that many wings are to meet and so He will ask the wings.

229लेकिन पंजाब वाले सभी सेन्टर चाहे छोटा है या बड़ा है वारिस क्वालिटी कितने निकले हैं  ? lēkin pañjāb vālē sabhī centre chāhē chhōṭā hai yā baṛā hai vāris quality kitnē nikalē haĩ  ? lēkin pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] centre chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? but Punjab those who all centre (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small be[pres.sg.23] or very be[pres.sg.23] heir x so be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

239How many heir- quality souls are there in all the small and big centres of Punjab?

230कब से निकले हैं  ? kab sē nikalē haĩ  ? kab sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? when from be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

240Since when did they come?

231क्योंकि पंजाब भी पहले पहले निकला है . kyōṅki pañjāb bhī pahlē pahlē nikalā hai . kyōṅki pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] nikalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . because Punjab too (x|firstly) (x|firstly) be extracted[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

241Punjab is also one of the first zones.

232पंजाब में भी बहुत महावीर महारथी सेवा के अधिकारी बने हैं पालना मिली है . pañjāb mē̃ bhī bahut mahāvīr mahārathī sēvā kē|K adhikārī banē haĩ pālnā milī hai . pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . Punjab in too very Mahavir maharathi service (of|K) (one) who has a right become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .

242A lot of mahavirs and maharathis have claimed a right to service and have received sustenance.

233कई पूर्वज भी सेवा करके गये हैं . kaī pūrvaj bhī sēvā karkē gayē haĩ . kaī pūrvaj[adj.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] jānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . some ancestor too service do[abs.] go[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

243Even some ancestors have done service there.

234बापदादा का भी पंजाब से प्यार है क्यों  ? bāpdādā kā bhī pañjāb sē pyār hai kyō̃  ? bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyō̃  ? BapDada of too Punjab from love be[pres.sg.23] why  ?

244BapDada has love for Punjab. 245Why?

235क्यों प्यार है  ? kyō̃ pyār hai  ? kyō̃ pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? why love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

246Why does He have love?

236क्योंकि पंजाब में नदियां भी बहुत हैं तो जैसे पंजाब की नदियां मशहूर हैं ऐसे ही बापदादा की तरफ से पंजाब के सेवाधारी भी प्रसिद्ध हैं . kyōṅki pañjāb mē̃ nadiyā̃ bhī bahut haĩ tō jaisē pañjāb kī|key nadiyā̃ maśhhūr haĩ aisē hī bāpdādā kī|key taraph sē pañjāb kē|K sēvādhārī bhī prasiddh haĩ . kyōṅki pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nadī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key nadī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] maśhhūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because Punjab in river too very be[pres.pl.12hon3] then like Punjab (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) river x be[pres.pl.12hon3] such only BapDada (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) direction from Punjab (of|K) server too x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

247Because there are many rivers in Punjab. 248Therefore, just as the rivers of Punjab are well known, in the same way, the servers of Punjab, who have been sent by BapDada, are well known.

237त्याग करने और कराने में भी होशियार हैं इसलिए वारिस क्वालिटी निकालना भी सहज है . tyāg karnē aur karānē mē̃ bhī hōśhiyār haĩ isliē vāris quality nikālnā bhī sahaj hai . tyāgnā[root]|tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] isliē vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (renounce[root]|renunciation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] and make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] therefore heir x x[inf.m.sg.d.] too easy be[pres.sg.23] .

249They are clever in renouncing and inspiring renunciation and this is why it is easy to make heir- quality souls emerge.

238बापदादा हर जोन को नम्बरवन देने चाहते हैं . bāpdādā har|her zone kō number one dēnē chāhtē haĩ . bāpdādā harnā[root]|har|her zone kō[postp.] number one dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada (x[root]|x) zone to number one give[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

250BapDada wishes to give every zone number one.

239बापदादा ने देखा है कि जब जोन आते हैं तो अभी तक कोई भी जोन कम नहीं आया है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai ki jab zone ātē haĩ tō abhī tak kōī bhī zone kam|cum nahī̃ āyā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jab zone ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō ab[adv.hī] tak kōī bhī[x] zone kam[adj.]|cum nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that when zone come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then now until anyone zone (less|x) not come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

251BapDada has seen that in all the zones that have come so far, there hasn't been a small number for any of the zones.

240एक दो से आगे आये हैं इसलिए पंजाब को जो निकले हुए सेवा से हैं उन्हों को खास सेवा करके वारिस क्वालिटी में लाना है . ēk dō sē āgē āyē haĩ isliē pañjāb kō jō nikalē huē sēvā sē haĩ unhō̃ kō khās sēvā karkē vāris quality mē̃ lānā hai . ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sē[postp.] āgē ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] isliē pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] khās sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] vāris[n.m.;sg.,d.] quality mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) from previously come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] therefore Punjab to that (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] service from be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to x service do[abs.] heir x in x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

252They are all ahead of one another and this is why those who have emerged from Punjab through service, have to do special service and make them heir quality.

241ला सकते हैं . lā saktē haĩ . lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . x[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

253You can bring them.

242ध्यान देंगे तो निकल जायेंगे . dhyān dēgē tō nikal jāyēṅgē . dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō nikalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . attention give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then be extracted[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

254If you pay attention, they will emerge.

243सिर्फ क्वालिटी को समझकर उनके ऊपर थोड़ा शुभ भावना शुभ कामना की विशेष मेहनत करना थोड़ा सा विशेष मेहनत करनी पड़ेगी लेकिन क्वालिटी है . sirph quality kō samajhkar unkē ūpar thōṛā śhubh bhāvnā śhubh kāmnā kī|key viśhēṣh mēhnat karnā thōṛā sā viśhēṣh mēhnat karnī paṛēgī lēkin quality hai . sirph[adj.] quality kō[postp.] samajhnā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.kē] ūpar thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhubh bhāvnā[x] śhubh kāmnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] lēkin quality hōnā[pres.sg.23] . only x to understand[abs.] that[.kē] over short pure feeling good wishes (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) special effort do[inf.m.sg.d.] short x special effort do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] but x be[pres.sg.23] .

255Simply understand "quality" and make a little special effort over them with your good wishes and pure feelings. 256You will have to make a little special effort, because there is that quality.

244अभी समय भी थोड़ा सा वैराग्य का है चारों ओर अल्पकाल का वैराग्य आया हुआ है . abhī samay bhī thōṛā sā vairāgya kā hai chārō̃ ōr alpkāl kā vairāgya āyā huā hai . ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chārō̃ ōr[x] alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now time too short x disinterest of be[pres.sg.23] everywhere temporary period of disinterest come[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

257Now, there is a little disinterest at this time; there is temporary disinterest everywhere.

245ऐसे समय पर हर जोन ऐसी क्वालिटी को समझ आगे सहज बढ़ा सकते हो . aisē samay par har|her zone aisī quality kō samajh āgē sahaj baṛhā saktē hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] harnā[root]|har|her zone aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] quality kō[postp.] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] āgē sahaj[adj.] baṛhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . such time (at|other) (x[root]|x) zone such x to (understanding|understand[root]) previously easy increase[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

258At such a time, every zone can understand the quality of souls and easily make them move forward.

246यज्ञ स्नेही यज्ञ रक्षक बना सकते हो . yagya snēhī yagya rakṣhak banā saktē hō . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakṣhak[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . sacrificial fire loving sacrificial fire protector create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

259You can make them have love for the yagya and they can become protectors of the yagya.

247अभी ताजा वैराग्य है . abhī tājā vairāgya hai . ab[adv.hī] tājā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vairāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now hot disinterest be[pres.sg.23] .

260There is now fresh disinterest.

248तो पहले आज पंजाब का टर्न है तो पंजाब पहला नम्बर आरम्भ करे . tō pahlē āj pañjāb kā turn hai tō pañjāb pahlā number ārambh karē . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] āj pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō pañjāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā number[x] ārambh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . then (x|firstly) today Punjab of you be[pres.sg.23] then Punjab x x do[opt.sg.23] .

261Today, it is the turn of Punjab and so Punjab should claim this number one.

249अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

262It is good.

250बापदादा सबका मुखड़ा देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā sabkā mukhṛā dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mukhṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada everyone's face see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

263BapDada is seeing everyone's face.

251चाहे दूर हैं लेकिन टी . वी . में नजदीक हैं . chāhē dūr haĩ lēkin T . we|V . mē̃ najdīk haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin T . we|V . mē̃[postp.] nazdīk hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) distant be[pres.pl.12hon3] but x . (x) . in x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

264Even though you may be far away, you are close through the TV.

252देख रहे हैं . dēkh rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

265Baba is seeing you.

253अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

266Achcha.

2548 विंग्स वाले आये हैं  : समाज सेवा विंग दो ट्रांसपोर्ट मीडिया प्रशासक साइंस एण्ड इंजीनियर मेडिकल सिक्युरिटी आई . टी . ( सभी विंग के भाई बहिनों को खड़ा किया ) मैजारिटी तो विंग वाले ही दिखाई देते हैं और बापदादा जो भी सभी विंग्स आये हैं और सेवा कर रहे हैं तो बापदादा ने देखा विंग्स के सेवा की रिजल्ट अच्छे ते अच्छी हो रही है क्योंकि चारों ओर सेवा करने से अलग-अलग हो गये हैं ना तो हर एक अपने-अपने विंग में दिनप्रतिदिन उन्नति कर और आत्माओं को नजदीक ला रहे हैं इसलिए बापदादा हर एक विंग के ऊपर सेवा के ऊपर खुश है . 8 wings vālē āyē haĩ  : samāj sēvā wing dō transport media praśhāsak science and engineer medical security āī|eye|I . T . ( sabhī wing kē|K bhāī bahinō̃ kō khaṛā kiyā ) majority tō wing vālē hī dikhāī dētē haĩ aur bāpdādā jō bhī sabhī wings āyē haĩ aur sēvā kar rahē haĩ tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā wings kē|K sēvā kī|key result achchhē tē achchhī hō rahī hai kyōṅki chārō̃ ōr sēvā karnē sē alag-alag hō gayē haĩ nā tō har ēk apnē-apnē wing mē̃ dinpratidin unnati kar aur ātmāō̃ kō najdīk lā rahē haĩ isliē bāpdādā har ēk wing kē ūpar sēvā kē ūpar khuśh hai . 8 wing vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  : samāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] wing dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] transport media praśhāsak[adj.] science and engineer medical security ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . T . ( sab[adv.hī] wing kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) majority tō wing vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur bāpdādā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sab[adv.hī] wing ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] wing kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key result achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] kyōṅki chārō̃ ōr[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā tō har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] wing mē̃[postp.] pratidin unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[root] aur ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nazdīk lānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] isliē bāpdādā har ēk[x] wing kē ūpar[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē ūpar[x] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . 8 wing those who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  : x service wing (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) transport media administrator science and engineer x security (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . x . ( all wing (of|K) (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x to standing do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) majority then wing those who only be visible and BapDada that too all wing come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and service do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] wing (of|K) service (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) result achcha from achcha be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] because everywhere service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from separate be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ then each one one’s own wing in day by day self-progress do[root] and soul to x x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] therefore BapDada each one wing over service over happy be[pres.sg.23] .

267Eight Wings have come today. 268(Social Service, Transport, Media, Administration, Science & Engineering, Medical, Security and IT. 269All brothers and sisters of the different Wings were made to stand up.) 270The majority visible are those of the different Wings. 271All the Wings that have come and are doing service, BapDada has seen that the result of their service is becoming the best of all because you had become separated by doing service everywhere. 272However, each of you is now progressing day by day in your own wing and bringing souls closer. 273This is why BapDada is pleased with each wing and their service.

255ताली तो बजाओ . tālī tō bajāō . tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . clapping then play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

274You may clap.

256अभी आगे बढ़के क्या करना है  ? abhī āgē baṛhkē kyā karnā hai  ? ab[adv.hī] āgē baṛhnā[abs.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? now previously grow[abs.] what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

275What do you have to do in the future now?

257सेवा तो विस्तार को प्राप्त हो रही है लेकिन अभी जो सेवा से समीप आये हैं उन्हों को हर एक विंग इकठ्ठा करके उन्हों को यज्ञ स्नेही बनाओ . sēvā tō vistār kō prāpt hō rahī hai lēkin abhī jō sēvā sē samīp āyē haĩ unhō̃ kō har ēk wing ikaṭhṭhā karkē unhō̃ kō yagya snēhī banāō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] har ēk[x] wing ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service then expansion to reached be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] but now that service from close come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that to each one wing together do[abs.] that to sacrificial fire loving create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

276Service is growing, but every wing should now gather together all those who have come close through service and enable them to have love for the yagya.

258यज्ञ स्नेही बनने से एक बारी आये यज्ञ में वह अलग बात है लेकिन उन्हों को यज्ञ क्या चीज है यज्ञ के प्यार से क्या होता है नजदीक लाओ . yagya snēhī bannē sē ēk bārī āyē yagya mē̃ vah alag bāt hai lēkin unhō̃ kō yagya kyā chīj hai yagya kē|K pyār sē kyā hōtā hai najdīk lāō . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] alag[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nazdīk lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . sacrificial fire loving become[inf.m.pl.,o.] from one x (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) sacrificial fire in that separate matter be[pres.sg.23] but that to sacrificial fire what thing be[pres.sg.23] sacrificial fire (of|K) love from what be[pres.sg.m.23] x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

277If they have come to the yagya (Madhuban) once, that is a different matter, but tell them about what the yagya is and what the love is that they receive from the yagya and bring them close.

259थोड़ा घरू बनाओ . thōṛā gharū banāō . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gharū[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . short feel at home create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

278Make them a little more at home.

260भाषण सुनते हैं भाषण करते हैं इसमें पास हैं लेकिन परिवार का साथी बन जायें वह भी लिस्ट निकालो . bhāṣhaṇ suntē haĩ bhāṣhaṇ kartē haĩ ismē̃ pās|pass haĩ lēkin parivār kā sāthī ban jāyē̃ vah bhī list nikālō . bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] list nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . lecture listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lecture do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this[.mē̃] (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] but family of companion become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] that too list x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

279They listen to the lectures and give lectures - you have passed in that - but they should now become companions of the family. 280Now make that list.

261हर एक विंग से कितने यज्ञ के सम्पर्क में आये हैं . har ēk wing sē kitnē yagya kē|K samparka mē̃ āyē haĩ . har ēk[x] wing sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . each one wing from so sacrificial fire (of|K) x in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

281How many have come into contact with the yagya through each wing?

262बापदादा को सुनाया था कि कई आत्मायें मुरली तक पहुंचे हैं . bāpdādā kō sunāyā thā ki kaī ātmāyē̃ murlī tak pahuñchē haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] kaī ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tak pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada to speak[past-perf.m.sg.] that some soul flute until reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

282BapDada was told that some souls have even started coming for the murli.

263यह भी अच्छा है . yah bhī achchhā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

283That is also good.

264जैसे मुरली तक पहुंचे हैं वैसे यज्ञ स्नेही क्या होता है यज्ञ स्नेही निमित्त आत्मा क्या-क्या कर स्वयं को आगे बढ़ा सकती हैं अभी ऐसे निमित्त आत्मायें निकालो . jaisē murlī tak pahuñchē haĩ vaisē yagya snēhī kyā hōtā hai yagya snēhī nimitt ātmā kyā-kyā kar svayã kō āgē baṛhā saktī haĩ abhī aisē nimitt ātmāyē̃ nikālō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tak pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kyā karnā[root] svayã kō[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like flute until reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] x sacrificial fire loving what be[pres.sg.m.23] sacrificial fire loving instrument soul what do[root] x to previously increase[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] now such instrument soul x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

284Just as they have started to listen to the murli, in the same way, now make them understand what it means to have love for the yagya and what an instrument soul who has love for the yagya can do. 285They can make themselves move forward. 286Now, make such instrument souls emerge.

265भाषण में मददगार बने हैं औरों को भी परिचय देने के निमित्त बने हैं इसकी तो बापदादा ने मुबारक दी मुरली तक भी पहुंचे हैं अभी उन्हों को आगे बढ़ाओ . bhāṣhaṇ mē̃ madadgār banē haĩ aurō̃ kō bhī parichay dēnē kē nimitt banē haĩ iskī tō bāpdādā nē mubārak dī|the murlī tak bhī pahuñchē haĩ abhī unhō̃ kō āgē baṛhāō . bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.kī] tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tak bhī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . lecture in helper become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] others to too introduction give[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] this[.kī] then BapDada ∅ congratulations (give[past-part.f.]|the) flute until too reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] now that to previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 266जो अपने को सिर्फ सहयोगी नहीं लेकिन स्नेही भी अनुभव करें . jō apnē kō sirph sahyōgī nahī̃ lēkin snēhī bhī anubhav karē̃ . jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sirph[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin snēhī[adj.] bhī[p.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . that one’s own to only co-operative not but loving too experience do[opt.pl.12hon3] . 267यज्ञ स्नेही यज्ञ सहयोगी परिवार का भाती हूँ . yagya snēhī yagya sahyōgī parivār kā bhātī hū̃ . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahyōgī[adj.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhānā[pres.sg.f.1] . sacrificial fire loving sacrificial fire co-operative family of be liked[pres.sg.f.1] .

287They have become helpers in giving lectures and in becoming instruments to give the introduction to others, and BapDada has given you congratulations for that. 288Enable those who have reached the murli to move forward so that they consider themselves to be not just co-operative souls, but also those who have love: one who has love for the yagya, one who co-operates with the yagya and with a member of the family."

268चाहे वी . आई . पी है लेकिन परिवार का भाती है परिवार के समीप है ऐसे धीरे-धीरे उन्हें जैसे आप निमित्त हो सेवा करने वाले ऐसे वह भी अपने को जिम्मेवार समझें . chāhē we|V . āī|eye|I . pī hai lēkin parivār kā bhātī hai parivār kē|K samīp hai aisē dhīrē-dhīrē unhē̃ jaisē āp nimitt hō sēvā karnē vālē aisē vah bhī apnē kō jimmēvār samajhē̃ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhānā[pres.sg.f.23] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dhīrē vah[pn.pl.kō] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] jimmēvār[adj.] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . drink[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but family of be liked[pres.sg.f.23] family (of|K) close be[pres.sg.23] such x that[.kō] like you instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such that too one’s own to x understand[opt.pl.12hon3] .

289Even if they are VIPs, they are members of the family; they are close to the family. 290Just as you are instruments and are doing service, in the same way, they should also gradually consider themselves to be responsible.

269तो वर्ग बनने के बाद सेवा में वृद्धि हुई है कई आत्माओं को पता ही नहीं था वह पता हुआ है . tō varg bannē kē bād sēvā mē̃ vr̥iddhi huī hai kaī ātmāō̃ kō patā hī nahī̃ thā vah patā huā hai . tō varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] kaī ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] vah[pn.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then profession become[inf.m.pl.,o.] after service in growth be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] some soul to knowledge only not be[past.m.sg] that knowledge be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

291There has been growth in service since the Wings were created. 292Many souls who didn't know anything about this organisation have come to know.

270ब्रह्माकुमारियां क्या करती हैं कर्तव्य का भी परिचय पड़ा है . brahmākumāriyā̃ kyā kartī haĩ kartavya kā bhī parichay paṛā hai . brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Brahma Kumari what do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] activity of too introduction fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

293They have come to know what the Brahma Kumaris do; they now know about your work.

271अभी आगे बढ़ाओ . abhī āgē baṛhāō . ab[adv.hī] āgē baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now previously increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

294Now, move forward in this.

272एक तो रेग्युलर प्रेजन्ट मार्क चाहे सामने नहीं आ सकते लेकिन फोन द्वारा या किसी भी विधि द्वारा अपनी प्रेजन्ट मार्क करें क्योंकि घर का भाती है तो प्रेजन्ट मार्क तो करेगा ना . ēk tō regular present mark chāhē sāmnē nahī̃ ā saktē lēkin phone dvārā yā kisī bhī vidhi dvārā apnī present mark karē̃ kyōṅki ghar kā bhātī hai tō present mark tō karēgā nā . ēk[adj.] tō regular present mark chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sāmnē nahī̃[neg] ānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin phone dvārā yā kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] present mark karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō present mark tō karnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . one then regularly present mark (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x not come[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but x through or (some|anything) too method through one’s own present mark do[opt.pl.12hon3] because home of be liked[pres.sg.f.23] then present mark then do[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .

295One is for them to have a regular present mark. 296Even if they are not able to come to you every day, they should have their present mark through the phone or any other method. 297If they are members of the family, they have to have their present mark.

273ऐसी लिस्ट बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है तो हर जोन से निकालो और उन्हों का संगठन करके उन्हों को उमंग-उत्साह में लाओ . aisī list bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai tō har|her zone sē nikālō aur unhō̃ kā saṅgaṭhan karkē unhō̃ kō umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ lāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] list bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō harnā[root]|har|her zone sē[postp.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such list BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then (x[root]|x) zone from x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and that of gathering do[abs.] that to zeal and enthusiasm in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

298BapDada had asked you all earlier to make a list of such souls, create their gathering, and put zeal and enthusiasm into them.

274हर एक जोन वाला सिर्फ अपने रहने वाले सेन्टर का नहीं लेकिन जो वर्ग हैं जो हेड हैं वर्ग के वह सभी जोन में ऐसी निकालके तैयार करें . har ēk zone vālā sirph apnē rahnē vālē centre kā nahī̃ lēkin jō varg haĩ jō head haĩ varg kē|K vah sabhī zone mē̃ aisī nikālkē taiyār karē̃ . har ēk[x] zone vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sirph[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] head hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] zone mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nikālnā[abs.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . each one zone those who only one’s own remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who centre of not but that profession be[pres.pl.12hon3] that head be[pres.pl.12hon3] profession (of|K) that all zone in such x[abs.] x do[opt.pl.12hon3] .

299In every zone, do not do this just at your own centre, but the Head of the Wing should prepare such souls from every zone.

275उन्हों का संगठन करे . unhō̃ kā saṅgaṭhan karē . vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[opt.sg.23] . that of gathering do[opt.sg.23] .

300They should make a gathering of such souls.

276तो एक दो को देखके भी उमंग में आते हैं . tō ēk dō kō dēkhkē bhī umaṅg mē̃ ātē haĩ . tō ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) to see[abs.] too zeal in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

301There is enthusiasm created on seeing one another.

277उस संगठन का समाचार नहीं आया है कि हमने अपने वर्ग का सभी जोन का इकठ्ठा संगठन किया और यह-यह क्वालिटी आई . us saṅgaṭhan kā samāchār nahī̃ āyā hai ki hamnē apnē varg kā sabhī zone kā ikaṭhṭhā saṅgaṭhan kiyā aur yah-yah quality āī|eye|I . vah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.nē] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] zone kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] quality ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . that gathering of news not come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that we[.nē] one’s own profession of all zone of together gathering do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and this x (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) .

302Baba has not yet received the news that you had a gathering of this wing from all zones and this was the quality of souls that came.

278बाकी बापदादा खुश है कि कॉमन रीति से अटेन्शन गया है अटेन्शन देके कर भी रहे हैं अभी संगठन तैयार करो . bākī bāpdādā khuśh hai ki common rīti sē attention gayā hai attention dēkē kar bhī rahē haĩ abhī saṅgaṭhan taiyār karō . bākī|bākī bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] common rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] attention jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] attention dēnā[abs.] karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] saṅgaṭhan[x] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (others|but) BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that x way from attention go[pres-perf.sg.m.23] attention give[abs.] do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] now gathering x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

303BapDada is pleased that your attention has been drawn in a common way. 304You are paying attention and doing this, so now prepare this gathering.

279जो भी कनेक्शन में आये हैं चाहे वी . आई . पी हैं चाहे आई . पी . हैं लेकिन उन्होंने सेवा कितनी की सन्देश कितनो को दिया यह समाचार लेना पड़ेगा . jō bhī connection mē̃ āyē haĩ chāhē we|V . āī|eye|I . pī haĩ chāhē āī|eye|I . P|pī . haĩ lēkin unhōnnē sēvā kitnī kī|key sandēśh kitnō kō diyā yah samāchār lēnā paṛēgā . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] connection mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . pīnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin vah[pn.pl.nē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key sandēśh[x] kitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . that too connection in come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . drink[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . be[pres.pl.12hon3] but that[.nē] service so (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) message so to give[past-part.m.sg.d.] this news take[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

305Whoever has come into connection (VIP or IP) with you, how much service have they done? 306How many have they given a message to? 307You will have to get this information.

280उन्हों को भी रूचि बढ़ेगी कि हमारी रिजल्ट मधुबन में जाती है . unhō̃ kō bhī rūchi baṛhēgī ki hamārī result madhuban mē̃ jātī hai . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ruchi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kī] result madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . that to too interest grow[fut.f.sg.23] that we[.kī] result Madhuban in go[pres.sg.f.23] .

308Their interest will also grow because their result is being sent to Madhuban.

281बाकी बापदादा ने पहले ही आप सबको सुनाया कि सेवा का उमंग है सेवा कर भी रहे हैं उसकी मुबारक तो बापदादा पहले ही दे चुके हैं . bākī bāpdādā nē pahlē hī āp sabkō sunāyā ki sēvā kā umaṅg hai sēvā kar bhī rahē haĩ uskī mubārak tō bāpdādā pahlē hī dē chukē haĩ . bākī|bākī bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] tō bāpdādā pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] . (others|but) BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) only you everything speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that service of zeal be[pres.sg.23] service do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kī] congratulations then BapDada (x|firstly) only give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+cuknā] .

309BapDada has already told you earlier that you have enthusiasm for service. 310BapDada has already congratulated you for the service that you are doing.

282अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

311Achcha.

283हर एक वर्ग जैसे एक-एक उठे हो ना . har ēk varg jaisē ēk-ēk uṭhē hō nā . har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] uṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā . each one profession like one wake up[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ . 284तो हर एक वर्ग यह समझे कि बापदादा के सामने हर एक वर्ग है चाहे पीछे भी है तो भी सामने है . tō har ēk varg yah samajhē ki bāpdādā kē|K sāmnē har ēk varg hai chāhē pīchhē bhī hai tō bhī sāmnē hai . tō har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pīchhē bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bhī[x] sāmnē hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then each one profession this (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that BapDada (of|K) x each one profession be[pres.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x too be[pres.sg.23] ∅ x be[pres.sg.23] .

312Just as each Wing has got up one by one, similarly, each wing has to understand that all the wings are in front of BapDada and, even if you are at the back, you are in front of Baba.

285बापदादा आप एक-एक वर्ग को अपने नजदीक ही देख रहे हैं इसलिए पदम पदमगुणा मुबारक हो मुबारक हो . bāpdādā āp ēk-ēk varg kō apnē najdīk hī dēkh rahē haĩ isliē padam padamguṇā mubārak hō mubārak hō . bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nazdīk hī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] isliē padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . BapDada you one profession to one’s own x only see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] therefore multimillion multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

313BapDada is seeing all of you from each of the wings as being close to Him. 314Therefore, multimillionfold congratulations! 315Congratulations!

286600 डबल विदेशी भाई बहिनें 50 देशों से आये हैं  : बापदादा को विदेशी विशेष याद आते हैं . 600 double vidēśhī bhāī bahinē̃ 50 dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ  : bāpdādā kō vidēśhī viśhēṣh yād ātē haĩ . 600 double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] 50 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  : bāpdādā kō[postp.] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 600 double foreigner (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x 50 land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  : BapDada to foreigner special remembrance come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

316600 brothers and sisters from 50 countries have come: BapDada especially remembers those from abroad.

287याद तो सब बच्चे आते ही हैं लेकिन विदेशियों का नाम सुनकर भारतवासियों को उमंग आता है कि जब विदेश वाले परमात्मा को जान वर्से के अधिकारी बने हैं तो हम वंचित नहीं रह जाएं उमंग आता है . yād tō sab bachchē ātē hī haĩ lēkin vidēśhiyō̃ kā nām sunkar bhāratvāsiyō̃ kō umaṅg ātā hai ki jab vidēśh vālē paramātmā kō jān varsē kē|K adhikārī banē haĩ tō ham vañchit nahī̃ rah jāē̃ umaṅg ātā hai . yād[n.f.;sg.] tō sab[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jab vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō ham[pn.pl.] vañchit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . remembrance then all child come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] but foreigner of name listen[abs.] people of Bharat to zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] that when abroad those who Supreme Soul to (know[root]|x) inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then we deprived not remain[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] .

317He remembers all the children, but when the names of those from abroad are heard there is this enthusiasm in the people of Bharat: When those from abroad know God and claim a right to their inheritance they have the enthusiasm that they should not remain deprived.

288इसलिए अभी सेवा में विदेशी और भारतवासी इकठ्ठा प्रोग्राम करने शुरू किया है . isliē abhī sēvā mē̃ vidēśhī aur bhāratvāsī ikaṭhṭhā programme karnē śhurū kiyā hai . isliē ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāratvāsī[adj.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . therefore now service in foreigner and people of Bharat together programme do[inf.m.pl.,o.] beginning do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

318This is why those from abroad and the people of Bharat have begun to have programmes together.

289जानते हैं कि जब विदेश वाले पहचान गये तो हम रह नहीं जाएं उमंग आता है . jāntē haĩ ki jab vidēśh vālē pahchān gayē tō ham rah nahī̃ jāē̃ umaṅg ātā hai . jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] jab vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahchānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō ham[pn.pl.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that when abroad those who recognise[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then we remain[root] not go[opt.pl.12hon3] zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] .

319They have this enthusiasm: Since those from abroad have come to recognise God, we should not be left behind.

290तो आप भारतवासियों को आगे बढ़ने का उमंग दिलाने वाले निमित्त आत्मायें हो . tō āp bhāratvāsiyō̃ kō āgē baṛhnē kā umaṅg dilānē vālē nimitt ātmāyē̃ hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then you people of Bharat to previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of zeal x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who instrument soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

320So, you are instrument souls to make the people of Bharat move forward and to give them enthusiasm.

291इसीलिए हर एक वर्ग वाले भी कोशिश करते हैं जैसे अभी दिल्ली में भी मिलके प्रोग्राम बनाया है ना चाहे छोटे रूप में हो चाहे बड़े रूप में हो लेकिन जो एक-दो भी विदेशी अपना दिल से उमंग से अनुभव सुनाते हैं वा टॉपिक पर बोलते हैं तो सुनके खुश होते हैं क्योंकि बापदादा ने पहले ही कहा है कि विदेश वाले भारत को जगाने के निमित्त बनेंगे . isīliē har ēk varg vālē bhī kōśhiśh kartē haĩ jaisē abhī dillī mē̃ bhī milkē programme banāyā hai nā chāhē chhōṭē rūp mē̃ hō chāhē baṛē rūp mē̃ hō lēkin jō ēk-dō bhī vidēśhī apnā dil sē umaṅg sē anubhav sunātē haĩ vā topic par bōltē haĩ tō sunkē khuśh hōtē haĩ kyōṅki bāpdādā nē pahlē hī kahā hai ki vidēśh vālē bhārat kō jagānē kē nimitt banē̃gē . isīliē har ēk[x] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[abs.] programme banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] ēk-dō bhī[p.] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vā topic par[postp.]|par[adj.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sunnā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x each one profession those who too try do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] like now Delhi in too receive[abs.] programme create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small Rup in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) very Rup in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but that one another too foreigner (one’s own|adopt[root]) heart from zeal from experience speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or topic (at|other) speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then listen[abs.] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) only say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that abroad those who Bharat to awaken[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

321This is why each wing is also making effort, just as there was the programme in Delhi. 322Whether it is a small programme or a big one, if even one or two people from abroad share their experiences from their hearts with enthusiasm or they speak on a topic, then people who hear it become happy, because BapDada has already told you earlier that those from abroad will become instruments to awaken the people of Bharat.

292तो देखा गया है तो यह सेवा दिन प्रतिदिन विदेशी भी करते हैं और भारत वाले भी मिलाने की कोशिश करते हैं . tō dēkhā gayā hai tō yah sēvā din pratidin vidēśhī bhī kartē haĩ aur bhārat vālē bhī milānē kī|key kōśhiśh kartē haĩ . tō dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratidin vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] milānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then (see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres-perf.sg.m.23.passive]) then this service day day by day foreigner too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and Bharat those who too x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) try do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

323It has been seen that, day by day, souls from abroad are doing this service and the people of Bharat are trying to work with them.

293कोई भी बड़ा प्रोग्राम कहाँ हो तो जैसे आदि में विदेश की तरफ से कोई न कोई विशेष वी . आई . पी आता रहा है शुरू में . kōī bhī baṛā programme kahā̃ hō tō jaisē ādi mē̃ vidēśh kī|key taraph sē kōī na kōī viśhēṣh we|V . āī|eye|I . P|pī ātā rahā hai śhurū mē̃ . kōī bhī[x] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme kahā̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . anyone very programme where (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then like etc. in abroad (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) direction from one .. or another special (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) come[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] beginning in . 294ऐसे ही अभी भी यह कोशिश करो कि कोई भी ऐसा प्रोग्राम कहाँ भी हो तो कोई न कोई वी . आई . पी निमन्त्रण पर आवे . aisē hī abhī bhī yah kōśhiśh karō ki kōī bhī aisā programme kahā̃ bhī hō tō kōī na kōī we|V . āī|eye|I . P|pī nimantraṇ par āvē . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] kōī bhī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme kahā̃ bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō kōī na kōī[x] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] nimantraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . such only now too this try do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that anyone such programme where too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then one .. or another (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) invitation (at|other) come[opt.sg.23] .

324Whenever there is a big programme then, just as in the early days there used to be a special VIP from somewhere or other from abroad who would come, try to do this even now, that wherever there is a programme, a VIP should definitely be invited to come.

295शुरू-शुरू में यह बहुत अच्छा पार्ट चला है . śhurū-śhurū mē̃ yah bahut achchhā part chalā hai . śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . beginning in this very achcha part continue[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

325In the beginning, this was a very good part.

296अभी भी एक तो ब्राह्मण आत्माओं का अनुभव और दूसरा वी . आई . पी . कोई न कोई पार्टधारी बनें तो भारत और विदेश विदेश भारत को जगायेगा भारत विदेश को जगायेगा यह सेवा होते-होते आखिर भी विदेश में हमारे राज्य में कौन-कौन आने हैं यह प्रसिद्ध होता जायेगा क्योंकि गवर्मेन्ट जो विशेष आत्मायें आती हैं तो गवर्मेन्ट तक आवाज पहुंचता है . abhī bhī ēk tō brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ kā anubhav aur dūsrā we|V . āī|eye|I . P|pī . kōī na kōī pārṭdhārī banē̃ tō bhārat aur vidēśh vidēśh bhārat kō jagāyēgā bhārat vidēśh kō jagāyēgā yah sēvā hōtē-hōtē ākhir bhī vidēśh mē̃ hamārē rājya mē̃ kaun-kaun ānē haĩ yah prasiddh hōtā jāyēgā kyōṅki government jō viśhēṣh ātmāyē̃ ātī haĩ tō government tak āvāj pahuñchtā hai . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] we|V . ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . kōī na kōī[x] part-dhārī[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jagānā[fut.m.sg.23] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jagānā[fut.m.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ākhir bhī[p.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ham[pn.pl.kē] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kaun[pn.;d.] ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] yah[pn.sg.d.] prasiddh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] kyōṅki government jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] tō government tak āvāz[n.f.;sg.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . now too one then Brahmin soul of experience and other (x) . (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . one .. or another actor become[opt.pl.12hon3] then Bharat and abroad abroad Bharat to awaken[fut.m.sg.23] Bharat abroad to awaken[fut.m.sg.23] this service be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] at last too abroad in we[.kē] kingdom in who come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] this x be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] because government that special soul come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] then government until noise reach[pres.sg.m.23] .

326Even now, one is the experience of Brahmin souls and the other is that a VIP should have a special part, and so Bharat and the countries abroad - the foreign lands will awaken Bharat and Bharat will awaken the foreign lands. 327As this service takes place, it will eventually become known who from abroad is going to come into your kingdom because, when special souls come, this sound reaches the Government.

297उन्हों को उनकी देखभाल करनी पड़ती है अखबार में नाम आता है . unhō̃ kō unkī dēkhbhāl karnī paṛtī hai akhbār mē̃ nām ātā hai . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] vah[pn.pl.kī] dēkh-bhāl[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] akhbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . that to that[.kī] care do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] newspaper in name come[pres.sg.m.23] .

328They have to look after the guests, and so this is put in the newspapers.

298तो इससे सेवा बढ़ने का सहज साधन है . tō issē sēvā baṛhnē kā sahaj sādhan hai . tō yah[pn.sg.sē] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this[.sē] service grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] of easy facilities be[pres.sg.23] .

329This is an easy method of increasing service.

299तो विदेश सेवा कर रहा है यह बापदादा के पास रिकॉर्ड है और अभी सभी वर्ग वाले भी चाहते हैं कि कोई भी प्रोग्राम हो तो प्रोग्राम प्रमाण जैसा प्रोग्राम है उसी अनुसार विदेश भारत को जगावे और भारतवासियों का इतना बड़ा रूप देख करके विदेशी भी जागें . tō vidēśh sēvā kar rahā hai yah bāpdādā kē pās record hai aur abhī sabhī varg vālē bhī chāhtē haĩ ki kōī bhī programme hō tō programme pramāṇ jaisā programme hai usī anusār vidēśh bhārat kō jagāvē aur bhāratvāsiyō̃ kā itnā baṛā rūp dēkh karkē vidēśhī bhī jāgē̃ . tō vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] record hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kōī bhī[x] programme hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō programme pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.hī] anusār vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jagānā[opt.sg.23] aur bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] jagnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then abroad service do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] this BapDada to record be[pres.sg.23] and now all profession those who too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that anyone programme (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then programme (under) like programme be[pres.sg.23] that[.hī] according to abroad Bharat to awaken[opt.sg.23] and people of Bharat of such very Rup see[root] do[abs.] foreigner too wake up[opt.pl.12hon3] .

330The foreign lands are doing service - BapDada has this record and now those of all the wings want someone from abroad to take part in their programmes and awaken Bharat. 331Then, seeing such a big gathering of the people of Bharat, those from abroad should also awaken.

300तो बापदादा खुश है कि हर बात में विदेशी एवररेडी हैं . tō bāpdādā khuśh hai ki har|her bāt mē̃ vidēśhī ever ready haĩ . tō bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that (x[root]|x) matter in foreigner ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

332BapDada is pleased that those from abroad are ever-ready in every respect.

301एवररेडी का पाठ अच्छा बजा रहे हैं ना नहीं करते हैं . ever ready kā pāṭh achchhā bajā rahē haĩ nā nahī̃ kartē haĩ . ever ready kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . ever-ready of lesson achcha play[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ not do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

333You are playing a good part of being ever-ready. 334You do not say "no".

302तो भारत के वर्ग वाले भी ऐसे प्रोग्राम बनावें जोन वाले भी ऐसे प्रोग्राम बनावें जिसमें दोनों का मेल होता जाए . tō bhārat kē|K varg vālē bhī aisē programme banāvē̃ zone vālē bhī aisē programme banāvē̃ jismē̃ dōnō̃ kā male|mail|mēl hōtā jāē . tō bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] zone vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] programme banānā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] male|mail|mēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . then Bharat (of|K) profession those who too such programme create[opt.pl.12hon3] zone those who too such programme create[opt.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] x of (male|x|coming together) be[opt.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .

335The wings of Bharat should also make such programmes. 336Those of the different zones should have such programmes in which both (Bharat and foreign lands) come together.

303बापदादा ने देखा कि विदेशी भी एवररेडी हैं . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki vidēśhī bhī ever ready haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that foreigner too ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

337BapDada has seen that those from abroad are ever-ready.

304भारतवासी भी एवररेडी हैं लेकिन प्रोग्राम ऐसे बनाओ . bhāratvāsī bhī ever ready haĩ lēkin programme aisē banāō . bhāratvāsī[adj.] bhī[p.] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin programme aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . people of Bharat too ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] but programme such create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

338The people of Bharat are also ready. 339Now make such a programme.

305बाकी विदेशी बच्चों को देख बापदादा खुश होते हैं मेरे बच्चे बिछुड़कर कहाँ-कहाँ चले गये . bākī vidēśhī bachchō̃ kō dēkh bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ mērē bachchē bichhuṛkar kahā̃-kahā̃ chalē gayē . bākī|bākī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bichhuṛnā[abs.] kahā̃ chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] . (others|but) foreigner child to see[root] BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] I[.kē] child want to be separated[abs.] where (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..past-part+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]) .

340Seeing the children from abroad, BapDada is pleased: My children had become separated and gone to so many different places.

306बापदादा ने ढूंढ लिया ना आप लोगों को . bāpdādā nē ḍhūṇḍh liyā nā āp lōgō̃ kō . bāpdādā nē[postp.] ḍhūṇḍhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] . BapDada ∅ discover[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅ you people to .

341BapDada still found all of you, did He not?

307कितने देशों के आते हैं . kitnē dēśhō̃ kē|K ātē haĩ . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . so land (of|K) come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

342You have come from so many countries.

308तो हर देश में अपने बच्चों को बाप ने ढूंढ लिया है . tō har|her dēśh mē̃ apnē bachchō̃ kō bāp nē ḍhūṇḍh liyā hai . tō harnā[root]|har|her dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ḍhūṇḍhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . then (x[root]|x) land in one’s own child to father ∅ discover[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .

343The Father found all His children in all the countries, did He not?

309खुशी होती है ना . khuśhī hōtī hai nā . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ .

344You are happy, are you not?

310आप तो बाप को ढूंढ नहीं सके लेकिन बाप ने कोने-कोने से आपको ढूंढ लिया . āp tō bāp kō ḍhūṇḍh nahī̃ sakē lēkin bāp nē kōnē-kōnē sē āpkō ḍhūṇḍh liyā . āp[pn.pl.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ḍhūṇḍhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|saknā[opt.sg.23] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kō] ḍhūṇḍhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . you then father to discover[root] not (can[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|can[opt.sg.23]) but father ∅ corner from you[.kō] discover[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . 311क्योंकि कल्प-कल्प के अधिकारी हो . kyōṅki kalp-kalp kē|K adhikārī hō . kyōṅki kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . because cycle (of|K) (one) who has a right (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

345You were not able to find the Father, but the Father found you in the different corners because you are those who have a right every cycle.

312हर कल्प बापदादा आपको निकालते ही रहते हैं . har|her kalp bāpdādā āpkō nikāltē hī rahtē haĩ . harnā[root]|har|her kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.kō] nikālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[root]|x) cycle BapDada you[.kō] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

346BapDada continues to find you every cycle.

313मिस हो नहीं सकते हो . miss hō nahī̃ saktē hō . miss hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.pl.m.2] . miss (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres.pl.m.2] .

347You cannot be missed.

314बाप के बच्चे बाप के पास आने ही हैं . bāp kē|K bachchē bāp kē pās ānē hī haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . father (of|K) child father to (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

348The Father's children have to come to Him.

315तो बिछुड़े हुए बच्चों को देख बाप खुश तो होता है ना . tō bichhuṛē huē bachchō̃ kō dēkh bāp khuśh tō hōtā hai nā . tō bichhuṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bichhuṛnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . then (want to be separated[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|want to be separated[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child to see[root] father happy then be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .

349The Father is pleased to see the children who had become separated.

316वाह मेरे बच्चे वाह मेरे बच्चे  ! vāh mērē bachchē vāh mērē bachchē  ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]  ! wah! I[.kē] child wah! I[.kē] child  !

350Wah My children! 351Wah!

317मधुबन को भी सजाते रहते हो . madhuban kō bhī sajātē rahtē hō . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sajānā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . Madhuban to too decorate[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

352You also continue to decorate Madhuban.

318बापदादा ने देखा है विदेश की तरफ से बापदादा को बहुत सहयोग चाहे तन में चाहे मन में चाहे धन में सब रीति से यज्ञ स्नेही बापदादा के स्नेही हैं और आगे-आगे बढ़ते जा रहे हैं बढ़ते रहेंगे . bāpdādā nē dēkhā hai vidēśh kī|key taraph sē bāpdādā kō bahut sahyōg chāhē tan mē̃ chāhē man mē̃ chāhē dhan mē̃ sab rīti sē yagya snēhī bāpdādā kē|K snēhī haĩ aur āgē-āgē baṛhtē jā rahē haĩ baṛhtē rahē̃gē . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] snēhī[adj.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] abroad (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) direction from BapDada to very cooperation (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) body in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) mind in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) wealth in all way from sacrificial fire loving BapDada (of|K) loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] and previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

353BapDada has seen that He has received a lot of co-operation from the children abroad, through their body, mind, wealth. 354They have love for the yagya in every way and they also have love for BapDada. 355You are continuing to move forward and will continue to do so.

319अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

356Achcha.

320एक-एक को बापदादा दिल का प्यार और दुलार दे रहे हैं . ēk-ēk kō bāpdādā dil kā pyār aur dulār dē rahē haĩ . ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dulār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . one to BapDada heart of love and love and affection give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

357BapDada is giving each one of you love and affection from His heart.

321अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

358Achcha.

322दादी जानकी से  : अच्छा सभी खुश होते हैं . dādī jānkī sē  : achchhā sabhī khuśh hōtē haĩ . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.]  : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Dadi x from  : achcha all happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

359Dadi Janki: Achcha. 360Everyone is happy.

323खुश करने के आपके दो तरीके हैं एक क्लास दूसरा टोली . khuśh karnē kē|K āpkē dō tarīkē haĩ ēk class dūsrā ṭōlī . khuśh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āp[pn.pl.kē] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ēk[adj.] class dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ṭōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . happy do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) you[.kē] (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) method be[pres.pl.12hon3] one class other toli .

361You have two means of making everyone happy. 362Classes and toli.

324अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

325अच्छा पार्ट बजा रही हो . achchhā part bajā rahī hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.f.acc.2] . achcha play one's part .

363You are playing a good part.

326बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .

364BapDada is pleased.

327मोहिनी बहन से  : यज्ञ में हर एक का पार्ट अपना-अपना आवश्यक है . mōhinī bahan sē  : yagya mē̃ har ēk kā part apnā-apnā āvaśhyak hai . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.]  : yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x from  : sacrificial fire in each one of part (one’s own|adopt[root]) x be[pres.sg.23] .

365Mohiniben: In the yagya, each and every one's individual part is necessary.

328कोई भी एक्टर निमित्त सेवाधारी अगर मिस होता है तो ऐसे नहीं मालूम नहीं पड़ता है हर एक पार्ट अपना-अपना महत्व का है . kōī bhī actor nimitt sēvādhārī agar miss hōtā hai tō aisē nahī̃ mālūm nahī̃ paṛtā hai har ēk part apnā-apnā mahatva kā hai . kōī bhī[x] actor nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] agar miss hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō aisē nahī̃[x] mālūm[adj.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] har ēk[x] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone actor instrument server if miss be[pres.sg.m.23] then it isn't that x not fall[pres.sg.m.23] each one part (one’s own|adopt[root]) importance of be[pres.sg.23] .

366If any instrument actor were missing, then it isn't that you would not know that. 367Each one's part has its own importance.

329कोई का भी पार्ट अगर मिस हो जाता है तो फर्क पड़ जाता है . kōī kā bhī part agar miss hō jātā hai tō phark paṛ jātā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] agar miss hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . some of too part if miss be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then difference fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

368If anyone's part is missed out, it creates a difference.

330यह बाप का वरदान एक-एक कॉमन पार्टधारी को भी है . yah bāp kā vardān ēk-ēk common pārṭdhārī kō bhī hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] common part-dhārī[adj.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this father of blessing one x actor to too be[pres.sg.23] .

369This is BapDada's blessing for each and every common actor.

331जैसे भण्डारे वाले हैं . jaisē bhaṇḍārē vālē haĩ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . like treasure store those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

370Like those in the kitchen.

332है तो कामन पार्ट लेकिन भण्डारे वाला नहीं हो तो काम नहीं चले . hai tō common part lēkin bhaṇḍārē vālā nahī̃ hō tō kām nahī̃ chalē . hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō common part[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēkin bhanḍārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chalnā[opt.sg.23] . be[pres.sg.23] then x part but treasure store those who not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then (lust|task) not (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|continue[opt.sg.23]) .

371It is a common part, but you would not be able to continue if those people were not there.

333सफाई वाला नहीं हो तो भी काम नहीं चले क्लास कराने वाला नहीं हो तो भी काम नहीं चले . saphāī vālā nahī̃ hō tō bhī kām nahī̃ chalē class karānē vālā nahī̃ hō tō bhī kām nahī̃ chalē . saphāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō bhī[x] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chalnā[opt.sg.23] class karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō bhī[x] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chalnā[opt.sg.23] . cleanliness those who not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ (lust|task) not (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|continue[opt.sg.23]) class make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ (lust|task) not (continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|continue[opt.sg.23]) .

372Nothing could continue if those who do the cleaning were not present. 373If those who conduct classes were not there, things would not continue.

334हर एक एक्टर को ड्रामानुसार जो पार्ट मिला हुआ है उसको समझना चाहिए कि मैं भी विशेष निमित्त हूँ . har ēk actor kō ḍrāmānusār jō part milā huā hai uskō samajhnā chāhiē ki maĩ bhī viśhēṣh nimitt hū̃ . har ēk[x] actor kō[postp.] ḍrāmānusār jō[pn.;d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] samajhnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|samajhnā[.oblig3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . each one actor to x that part (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.kō] (understand[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|understand[.oblig3]) that I too special instrument be[pres.sg.1] .

374Each actor should understand the part he or she has received according to the drama and understand: I am a special instrument.

335ड्रामा ने हर एक को चाहे छोटा सा कार्य है लेकिन वह भी जरूरी है . drama nē har ēk kō chāhē chhōṭā sā kārya hai lēkin vah bhī jarūrī hai . drama nē[postp.] har ēk[x] kō[postp.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . drama ∅ each one to (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small x task be[pres.sg.23] but that too essential be[pres.sg.23] .

375Even if someone has a small part in the drama, it is still essential.

336पांच अंगुलियां हैं एक अंगुली भी मिस हो जाए तो फर्क पड़ेगा ना . pāñch aṅguliyā̃ haĩ ēk aṅgulī bhī miss hō jāē tō phark paṛēgā nā . pañch[adj.] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ēk[adj.] aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] miss hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . five finger be[pres.pl.12hon3] one finger too miss be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then difference fall[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .

376There are five fingers and if even one finger were missing it would make a difference.

337तो यज्ञ की यही विशेषता है जो भी जिसको पार्ट मिला है ना वह बहुत बहुत बहुत जरूरी है . tō yagya kī|key yahī viśhēṣhtā hai jō bhī jiskō part milā hai nā vah bahut bahut bahut jarūrī hai . tō yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key yahī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.sg.kō] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] bahut bahut bahut zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then sacrificial fire (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) this speciality be[pres.sg.23] that too that[.kō] part receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ that very very very essential be[pres.sg.23] .

377This is the speciality of the yagya: whatever part each one has received, that is very, very, very essential.

338अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

378Achcha.

339अच्छा यह है अभी डाक्टर नहीं होता तो तुम चलती यह जरूरी है ना . achchhā yah hai abhī doctor nahī̃ hōtā tō tum chaltī yah jarūrī hai nā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ab[adv.hī] doctor nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō tum[pn.pl.] chalnā[pres-part.f.] yah[pn.sg.d.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . achcha this be[pres.sg.23] now doctor not be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then you continue[pres-part.f.] this essential be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

379Would you be able to go if the doctors were not there? 380That is also necessary.

340हर एक पार्टधारी यज्ञ के निमित्त है . har ēk pārṭdhārī yagya kē nimitt hai . har ēk[x] part-dhārī[adj.] yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē nimitt[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one actor sacrificial fire x be[pres.sg.23] .

381Each actor is an instrument in the yagya.

341यज्ञ की जरूरी आत्मा है . yagya kī|key jarūrī ātmā hai . yagya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key zarūrī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . sacrificial fire (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) essential soul be[pres.sg.23] .

382Each soul is needed in the yagya.

342आज सफाई वाला नहीं आये तो आप लोगों को अच्छा लगेगा बैठना . āj saphāī vālā nahī̃ āyē tō āp lōgō̃ kō achchhā lagēgā baiṭhnā . āj saphāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] baiṭhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . today cleanliness those who not (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) then you people to enjoy sit[inf.m.sg.d.] .

383Would you all have liked to sit here if those who did the cleaning didn't come today?

343जरूरी है ना . jarūrī hai nā . zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . essential be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

384It is necessary.

344परदादी से  : आपका भी पार्ट जरूरी है . pardādī sē  : āpkā bhī part jarūrī hai . pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.]  : āp[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Dadi Nirmal Shanta from  : you[.kā] too part essential be[pres.sg.23] .

385Par Dadi: Your part is also essential.

345आपकी शक्ल देख कुछ करो भी नहीं तो भी खुश हो जाते हैं . āpkī śhakla dēkh kuchh karō bhī nahī̃ tō bhī khuśh hō jātē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.kī] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[root] kuchh karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhī[p.] nahī̃ tō[x] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . you[.kī] face see[root] anything do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] too otherwise too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

386Whether you do anything or not, seeing your face, everyone becomes happy.

346 ( होली परदादी का जन्म दिन है ) वाह  ! ( hōlī|holy pardādī kā janm din hai ) vāh  ! ( hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) vāh  ! ( (Holi|holy) Dadi Nirmal Shanta of (life|be born[root]) day be[pres.sg.23] ) wah!  !

387(Holi is the birthday of Par Dadi.) 388Wah!

347जन्म दिन है परदादी का . janm din hai pardādī kā . janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] pardādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . (life|be born[root]) day be[pres.sg.23] Dadi Nirmal Shanta of .

389It is Par Dadi's birthday.

348मुबारक हो मुबारक हो मुबारक हो . mubārak hō mubārak hō mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

390Congratulations. 391Congratulations. 392Congratulations.

349 ( तीनों भाईयों ने बापदादा को गुलदस्ता भेंट करते हुए होली की मुबारक दी ) सभी होली आत्माओं को होली की मुबारक हो मुबारक हो . ( tīnō̃ bhāīyō̃ nē bāpdādā kō guldastā bhēṇṭ kartē huē hōlī|holy kī|key mubārak dī|the ) sabhī hōlī|holy ātmāō̃ kō hōlī|holy kī|key mubārak hō mubārak hō . ( tīnō̃[adj.] bhāī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhēṇṭ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|the ) sab[adv.hī] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( all three brother ∅ BapDada to bouquet x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (Holi|holy) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations (give[past-part.f.]|the) ) all (Holi|holy) soul to (Holi|holy) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

393(All three senior brothers congratulated BapDada for Holi as they presented their bouquets.) 394Congratulations for Holi to all the holy souls. 395Congratulations.

350विदेश की 4 बड़ी बहिनों से  : ( मोहिनी बहन जयन्ती बहन सुदेश बहन निर्मला बहन ) बाप कहते हैं बच्चों को बहुत-बहुत थैंक्स जो बाप को प्रत्यक्ष किया . vidēśh kī|key 4 baṛī bahinō̃ sē  : ( mōhinī bahan jayantī bahan sudēś bahan Nirmalā bahan ) bāp kahtē haĩ bachchō̃ kō bahut-bahut thanks jō bāp kō pratyakṣha kiyā . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key 4 baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]  : ( mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] x[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] Nirmalā[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ) bāp kahtē haĩ[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut thanks jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . abroad (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) 4 very x from  : ( x x Jayanti x x x Nirmala x ) the Father says child to very thanks that father to visible do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

396Four senior sisters from abroad (Mohiniben, Dr. 397Nirmala, Sudeshben, Jayantiben): The Father gives many, many thanks to the children for revealing the Father.

351 ( करनकरावनहार ने कराया ) लेकिन बच्चों ने किया ना . ( karankarāvanhār nē karāyā ) lēkin bachchō̃ nē kiyā nā . ( karankarāvanhār nē[postp.] karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) lēkin bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā . ( Karankaravanhar ∅ make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) but child ∅ do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ .

398(Karankaravanhar made it happen.) 399However, it was the children who did it.

352तो बच्चों को थैंक्स बाप बच्चों के बिना क्या करेगा . tō bachchō̃ kō thanks bāp bachchō̃ kē|K binā kyā karēgā . tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] thanks bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then child to thanks father child (of|K) without what do[fut.m.sg.23] .

400So, thanks to the children. 401What would the Father do without the children?

353 ( बाबा ने कराया ) दोनों एक दो के साथी हैं . ( bābā nē karāyā ) dōnō̃ ēk dō kē|K sāthī haĩ . ( bābā nē[postp.] karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) dōnō̃ ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( Baba ∅ make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) x one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (of|K) companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

402(Baba made us do it.) 403Both are companions of one another.

354अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

404Achcha.

355 ( बापदादा ने बहिनों को गुलदस्ता दिया ) चारों ही लो हाथ लगाओ . ( bāpdādā nē bahinō̃ kō guldastā diyā ) chārō̃ hī lō|low hāth lagāō . ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) chārō̃ hī[p.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( BapDada ∅ x to bouquet give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) x only (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) hand attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

405(BapDada presented a bouquet to all of the sisters). 406All four of you, take it. 407Put your hand on it.

356 ( दादी जानकी को भी गुलदस्ता दिया ) इसका भी पार्ट चल रहा है ना . ( dādī jānkī kō bhī guldastā diyā ) iskā bhī part chal rahā hai nā . ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] guldastā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) yah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] nā . ( Dadi x to too bouquet give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) this[.kā] too part continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ∅ .

408(Baba gave a bouquet to Dadi Janki) This one's part is also continuing.

357विशेष पार्ट चल रहा है . viśhēṣh part chal rahā hai . viśhēṣh[adj.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . special part continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

409It is a special part.

358बापदादा ने देखा अभी आप सबका अटेन्शन भी भारत तरफ है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā abhī āp sabkā attention bhī bhārat taraph hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] attention bhī[p.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] now you everyone's attention too Bharat direction be[pres.sg.23] .

410BapDada has seen that you have your attention on Bharat.

359कोई न कोई सहयोग देने के लिए एवररेडी हैं . kōī na kōī sahyōg dēnē kē liē ever ready haĩ . kōī na kōī[x] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] ever ready hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . one .. or another cooperation give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for ever-ready be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

411You are ever-ready to help in any way.

360भारत विदेश को विदेश भारत को सहयोग देते दोनों मिलके चलना और करना यह लक्ष्य अच्छा है . bhārat vidēśh kō vidēśh bhārat kō sahyōg dētē dōnō̃ milkē chalnā aur karnā yah lakṣhya achchhā hai . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dōnō̃ milnā[abs.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bharat abroad to abroad Bharat to cooperation give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x receive[abs.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.] and do[inf.m.sg.d.] this aim achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

412Bharat helps those abroad and the lands abroad help Bharat. 413Continue to give this co-operation and do everything together; this aim is good.

361 ( जयन्ती बहन कराची जा रही हैं ) अभी रिजल्ट अच्छी है बढ़ रही है . ( jayantī bahan karāchī jā rahī haĩ ) abhī result achchhī hai baṛh rahī hai . ( jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] karāchī jānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ) ab[adv.hī] result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . ( Jayanti x Karachi go[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ) now result achcha be[pres.sg.23] grow[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .

414(Jayantiben is going to Karachi for one week.) 415The result is now good. 416It is increasing.

362कोई ऐसी क्वालिटी निकले . kōī aisī quality nikalē . kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] quality nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . some such x (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .

417Now, some quality souls should emerge.

363 ( जापान में जो गैस निकल रही है वह अभी फिलीपिन्स अमेरिका तरफ भी फैल रही है ) जो गैस निकलेगा वह कहाँ तो जायेगा . ( jāpān mē̃ jō gas nikal rahī hai vah abhī Philippines America taraph bhī phail rahī hai ) jō gas nikalēgā vah kahā̃ tō jāyēgā . ( jāpān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] gas nikalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] Philippines America taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] phailnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ) jō[pn.;d.] gas nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] kahā̃ tō jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . ( x in that gas be extracted[pres.sg.f.prog.23] that now x America direction too spread[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ) that gas be extracted[fut.m.sg.23] that where then go[fut.m.sg.23] . 364बाकी अपनी सम्भाल करनी है . bākī apnī sambhāl karnī hai . bākī|bākī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sambhālnā[root]|sambhāl[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . (others|but) one’s own (be careful[root]|x) do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

418(The radioactive gas from Japan is now moving towards the Philippines and America.) 419The gas that emerges has to go somewhere, but you have to look after yourselves.

365गवर्मेन्ट जो डायरेक्शन देती है उसको थोड़ा पालन करते रहो . government jō direction dētī hai uskō thōṛā pālan kartē rahō . government jō[pn.;d.] direction dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pālan[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . government that direction give[pres.sg.f.23] that[.kō] short x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .

420Continue to observe the directions that the Government gives.

366ऐसे नहीं कुछ नहीं है कुछ नहीं है . aisē nahī̃ kuchh nahī̃ hai kuchh nahī̃ hai . aisē nahī̃[x] kuchh nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kuchh nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . it isn't that anything not be[pres.sg.23] anything not be[pres.sg.23] .

421Do not think: It is nothing, it is nothing.

367जो डायरेक्शन देते हैं उसका थोड़ा ध्यान रखो . jō direction dētē haĩ uskā thōṛā dhyān rakhō . jō[pn.;d.] direction dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kā] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dhyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that direction give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kā] short attention keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

422Pay attention to the directions they give.

368बापदादा ने बच्चों के संग होली खेली और सबको होली की मुबारक दीbāpdādā nē bachchō̃ kē|K saṅg hōlī|holy khēlī aur sabkō hōlī|holy kī|key mubārak dī|thebāpdādā nē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] khēlnā[past-part.f.] aur sabkō hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[past-part.f.]|theBapDada ∅ child (of|K) company (Holi|holy) play[past-part.f.] and everything (Holi|holy) (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) congratulations (give[past-part.f.]|the)

423BapDada played Holi with the children and gave everyone greetings for Holi: All of you celebrated Holi.

369सभी ने होली मनाई . sabhī nē hōlī|holy manāī . sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] manānā[past-part.f.] . all ∅ (Holi|holy) celebrate[past-part.f.] . 370आपकी तो सदा ही होली है अर्थात् बाप के साथ बाप की पालना में रहते हो . āpkī tō sadā hī hōlī|holy hai arthāt bāp kē sāth bāp kī|key pālnā mē̃ rahtē hō . āp[pn.pl.kī] tō sadā hī[p.] hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] arthāt bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|karnā[past-part.f.]|key pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . you[.kī] then constantly only (Holi|holy) be[pres.sg.23] that is father with father (of|do[past-part.f.]|key) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) in remain[pres.pl.m.2] .

424You have Holi all the time, that is, you stay with the Father and you are being sustained by Him.

371बाप के साथ उठते हो बाप के साथ बातें करते हो बाप वे साथ वरदान लेते हो और वरदान देते हो . bāp kē sāth uṭhtē hō bāp kē sāth bātē̃ kartē hō bāp vē|way sāth vardān lētē hō aur vardān dētē hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] uṭhnā[pres.pl.m.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.pl.d.]|way sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] . father with wake up[pres.pl.m.2] father with matter do[pres.pl.m.2] father (that|x) with blessing take[pres.pl.m.2] and blessing give[pres.pl.m.2] .

425You wake up with the Father, you converse with the Father, you take blessings from the Father and then give blessings.

372तो जो आज होली पर वरदान लिया वह कभी भी बाप से अलग अकेले नहीं होना है . tō jō āj hōlī|holy par vardān liyā vah kabhī bhī bāp sē alag akēlē nahī̃ hōnā hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] āj hōlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|holy[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] alag[adj.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then that today (Holi|holy) (at|other) blessing take[past-part.m.sg.d.] that ever too father from separate alone not be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

426You took a blessing today for Holi: never become alone or separated from the Father.

373साथ है साथ चलेंगे और फिर साथ में ब्रह्मा बाप के साथ राज्य करेंगे . sāth hai sāth chalē̃gē aur phir sāth mē̃ brahmā bāp kē sāth rājya karē̃gē . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . with be[pres.sg.23] with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and (then|turn[root]) with in Brahma father with x .

427You are with Him, you will go back with Him, and then come and rule in the kingdom with Father Brahma.

374तो साथ शब्द निभाना है . tō sāth śhabda nibhānā hai . tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nibhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then with word fulfil[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

428So fulfil the responsibility of that companionship.

375एक सेकण्ड भी साथ नहीं छोड़ना है . ēk second bhī sāth nahī̃ chhōṛnā hai . ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . one second too with not renounce[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

429Do not leave His company for even a second.

376साथ रहेंगे साथ चलेंगे अभी यही स्मृति सदा याद रखना . sāth rahē̃gē sāth chalē̃gē abhī yahī smr̥iti sadā yād rakhnā . sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ab[adv.hī] yahī[pn.;d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sadā yād rakhnā[x] . with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] with continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3] now this awareness constantly remember .

430You will stay with Him and go back with Him. 431Now, always have this in your awareness.

377अच्छा - अभी बापदादा सभी से बहुत बढ़िया सुन्दर गुडनाइट कर रहे हैं . achchhā - abhī bāpdādā sabhī sē bahut baṛhiyā sundar good night kar rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] bahut baṛhiyā[adj.] sundar[adj.] good night karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha - now BapDada all from very x x x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

432Achcha. 433Now, BapDada is saying a very wonderful and beautiful good night to everyone.

378अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

434Achcha.

435* O M S H A N T I *

Abbreviations used
Downloadable data
CSV / Excel format details

The CSV file is a data table that you can open with LibreOffice, Google Sheets or any spreadsheet program.

Delimiter : comma (,). Text qualifier: ".

The murli is presented in three columns: Hindi, Hinglish, and English.

The rows correspond to one or more sentences in Hindi, with the corresponding transliteration (Hinglish) and translation.

Document formatting can be improved for printing (font size, column width, margins, automatic line break, optimal row height, etc.)